Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2022-391-E-AMS-Racanelli Construction South-1091 Pemberton Hill rd suite 102
Revised 07/20 ORANGE COUNTY CHANGE ORDER REQUEST Change Order No. 1 NORTH CAROLINA _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _ Date: 08/12/2022 Project: Visitors Bureau 3-18 Department: AMS Department Address: 308 West Franklin Street, Chapel Hill NC Project: Visitors Bureau Upfit Contractor: Racanelli Construction South, Inc Contractor Address: : 1091 Pemberton Hill Road, Suite 102, Apex NC Effective date of original contract: 12/02/2020 This change order increases decreases the contract time by 240 days. Check here if no impact to contract time . Will this change order impact the date of substantial completion? Yes No. If yes, the amended date of substantial completion is: 04/08/2022 ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _ Full Description of Change: Additional changes made to the Visitors Bureau at 308 West Franklin Street. Mop closet door, Lentels, Wood Door Swap, Dumpster Coral Removal, IT Closet Changes, Adjustments to Framing, Re-wiring, Transfer Grill and Fans, Replace Toliets, Outside Repairs, Electrical Work, Life Safety, Carpet Installation, Wood Work. Reason for Change: Various additions to 308 West Franklin Street, Chapel Hill. Please see attached Change Orders: #2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12R, 13, 15, 17 and 18. ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _ Original contract sum: $ 267,170.00 Contract sum prior to this change order: $ 391800.00 Amount of this change order: $ 5000.00 Total sum of the contract including this change order: $ 396800.00 _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ This change order is executed to amend the contract time or contract sum. It shall not be construed to impact the original contract, project, services, or work in any other manner. All other terms of the Original Contract remain in effect. _____________________________ _____________________________ Approved and executed this 8th day of February, 2022. _______________________________ Contractor Owner Architect (when retained) By:____________________________ By:___________________________ By:___________________________ DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 8/15/2022 8/23/2022 Revised 07/20 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 8/15/2022 8/19/2022 8/22/2022 8/22/2022 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Revised 07/20 1 [Departmental Use Only] TITLE 308 Franklin St-UPFIT FY 2020/2021 NORTH CAROLINA CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT OVER $50,000.00 ORANGE COUNTY THIS CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT (hereinafter called “Agreement”), made as of the 2nd day of December, 2020, by and between Racanelli Construction South, Inc, (hereinafter called the “Contractor”), and Orange County, a political subdivision of the State of North Carolina, (hereinafter called the “County,” “Orange County,” or “Owner”). W I T N E S S E T H: That the Contractor and the Owner, for the consideration herein named, agree as follows: 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; PRIORITY The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the General Conditions which are fully incorporated in this Agreement, the Request for Proposals, designer approved communications and field orders, the Proposal, Construction Documents and Drawings and Written Specifications. The Contract Documents form the Contract. In the event of any inconsistency between or among the Contract Documents the Contract Documents shall be interpreted in the following order of priority: a. This Agreement and incorporated General Conditions attached as Exhibit 1. b. Designer approved and stamped construction documents and drawings and written specifications. c. Designer approved communications and field orders. d. Request for Proposals and addenda thereto. e. Proposal. 2. SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall furnish and deliver all of the materials, and perform, and be fully responsible for all of the Work required by this Agreement within the time period stipulated in a written Notice-to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner and in accordance with the following enumerated documents, which are made a part hereof as if fully contained herein: a. Construction Drawings prepared by GGA Architects, PA (Sheet BID Drawings dated 08/24/2020) b. Written specifications prepared by the Designer. c. Orange County Visitors Bureau Value Engineering; Racanelli Construction South, Inc. The carpet in lieu of LVT, tile floor in the lobby will be demolished allowing the lobby to retain a DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Revised 07/20 2 consistent wood floor. Work room and hospitality areas the tile floor will be cleaned. Metal framing in lieu of wood framing for walls. Plywood subfloor will be attached over the tile in the lobby area. Keep existing hot water heater. Please see attached proposal dated November 28, 2020 which fully describes the work to be performed, such work (hereinafter called the “Work”). d.Related documents listed under Section 2 above. 3.TERM AND SCHEDULING a.The Contractor agrees to commence work pursuant to the written Notice-to Proceed. b.The Contractor agrees to complete substantially all Work included by within 60 days of receipt of fully executed contract and a building permit, whichever is later. . c.Time is of the essence with respect to all dates specified in the Contract Documents as Completion Dates. d.The Contractor shall perform the Work in the time, manner and form required by the Contract Documents and as stipulated in a written Notice-to-Proceed to be executed by the Contractor and Owner. 4.STANDARD OF CARE AND DUTIES OF CONTRACTOR a.The Contractor shall exercise reasonable care and diligence in performing the Work in accordance with the generally accepted standards of this type of Contractor practice throughout the United States and in accordance with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the performance of these services. Contractor is solely responsible for the professional quality, accuracy and timely completion and submission of all work. b.The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety, intended performance or configuration. c.Contractor shall be responsible for all Contractor, Subcontractor, and Sub-subcontractor errors or omissions, in the performance of the Agreement together with the errors and omissions of any agent or employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor. Contractor shall correct any and all errors, omissions, discrepancies, ambiguities, mistakes or conflicts at no additional cost to the Owner. d.Contractor is an independent contractor of Owner. Any and all employees of the Contractor engaged by the Contractor in the performance of any work or services required of the Contractor under this Agreement, shall be considered employees or agents of the Contractor only and not of the Owner, and any and all claims that may or might arise under any workers compensation or other law or contract on behalf of said employees while so engaged shall be the sole obligation and responsibility of the Contractor. e.Contractor shall at all times remain in compliance with all applicable local, state, and federal laws, rules, and regulations including but not limited to all state and federal non-discrimination laws, policies, rules, and regulations and the Orange County Non-Discrimination Policy and Orange County Living Wage Policy (each policy is incorporated herein by reference and may be viewed at http://www.orangecountync.gov/departments/purchasing_division/contracts.php). DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Revised 07/20 3 Any violation of the Orange County Non-Discrimination Policy is a breach of this Agreement and County may immediately terminate this Agreement without further obligation on the part of the County. This paragraph is not intended to limit and does not limit the definition of breach to discrimination. f.If activities related to the performance of this Agreement require specific licenses, certifications, or related credentials Contractor represents that it and its employees, agents and subcontractors engaged in such activities possess such licenses, certifications, or credentials and that such licenses certifications, or credentials are current, active, and not in a state of suspension or revocation. g.The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work efficiently and with the Contractor’s best skill and attention. Except as specifically set forth in the Contract Documents the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, and for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. h.The Contractor shall appoint a competent Project Manager with general authority to manage the Project for the Contractor. The Contractor shall also keep on the Project at all times during the Work of the Contractor a competent Resident Superintendent and necessary assistants who shall not be replaced without prior written approval by the Designer or by the Owner if a Designer is not retained for the Project. i.If, in the opinion of the Designer, any Subcontractor on the Project is incompetent or otherwise unsatisfactory, such Subcontractor shall be replaced by the Contractor with no increase in the Contract Price if and when directed by the Designer. j.The Contractor shall attend all progress conferences and all other meetings or conferences. The Contractor shall be represented at these progress conferences by a representative having the authority of the Project Manager and by such other representatives as the Designer may direct. k.Costs and expenses of providing samples for and assistance in any testing shall be borne by the Contractor. Any Work in which untested materials are used without written approval or written permission of the Owner or Designer shall be removed and replaced at Contractor’s expense. l.The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits including all permits required to complete the Work in compliance with local, state, and federal law. 5.PAYMENT & TAXES a.The Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Agreement, and the Contractor hereby agrees to perform all of the Work for a sum not-to- exceed Two hundred Sixty Seven Thousand One Hundred Seventy Dollars ($267,170.00). Not later than the fifth (5th) day of each calendar month the Contractor shall submit to the Owner’s Representative, generally the Designer if a Designer is retained on the Work, a Request for Payment for work done during the previous calendar month. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Revised 07/20 4 (i) The Request for Payment shall be in form of a standardized invoice or AIA Document G702-703 appropriately addressed to Owner’s Representative at Orange County, PO Box 8181, Hillsborough NC 27278 and shall show substantially the value of work done during the previous calendar month. (ii) The amount due for payment shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of work completed since the last Request for Payment and this amount shall be paid by the Owner on or before the last business day of the month. Owner shall retain five percent (5%) (the “Retainage”). (1) Upon Owner’s Representative’s certification that fifty percent (50%) of the Work has been satisfactorily completed Retainage shall be reduced to two and one half percent (2½%). (2) Upon Owner’s Representative’s certification that ninety percent (90%) of the Work has been satisfactorily completed Retainage may be discontinued. Retainage may be discontinued, at Owner’s Discretion, so long as work continues to be completed satisfactorily and on schedule. (iii) Final payment shall not be due to the Contractor until thirty (30) days after Final Completion of the Work, including punch list work, has been satisfactorily (as determined by the County) completed and an appropriate Affidavit, Indemnification, and Release as required in Section 8(d) below has been received by Owner. b. Should Owner reasonably determine that Contractor has failed to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment, Owner, at its discretion may provide the Contractor ten (10) days to cure the breach. Owner may withhold the accompanying payment without penalty until such time as Contractor cures the breach. (i) Should Contractor or its representatives fail to cure the breach within ten (10) days, or fail to reasonably agree to such modified schedule, Owner may immediately terminate this Agreement in writing, without penalty or incurring further obligation to Contractor. (ii) This section shall not be interpreted to limit the definition of breach to the failure to perform the Work related to a Request for Payment. c. The Contractor has included in the Contract Price and shall pay all taxes assessed by any authority on the Work or the labor and materials used therein. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish the Owner documentary evidence showing the materials used and sales and use tax paid by the Contractor and each of its subcontractors. d. Should the Owner receive notice that the Contractor has failed to pay a Subcontractor for the Work performed related to a Request for Payment, Owner shall have the authority to withhold payment of the disputed amount until parties resolve their dispute. Failure to pay the Contractor pursuant to this section of the Agreement shall not be deemed to be a breach of the Agreement. 6. NON–APPROPRIATION DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Revised 07/20 5 a. Contractor acknowledges that Owner is a governmental entity, and the validity of this Agreement is based upon the availability of public funding under the authority of its statutory mandate. b. In the event that public funds are unavailable and not appropriated for the performance of Owner’s obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically expire without penalty to Owner immediately upon written notice to Contractor of the unavailability and non-appropriation of public funds. It is expressly agreed that Owner shall not activate this non-appropriation provision for its convenience or to circumvent the requirements of this Agreement, but only as an emergency fiscal measure during a substantial fiscal crisis. c. In the event of a change in the Owner’s statutory authority, mandate or mandated functions, by state or federal legislative or regulatory action, which adversely affects Owner’s authority to continue its obligations under this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically terminate without penalty to Owner upon written notice to Contractor of such limitation or change in Owner’s legal authority. 7. NOTICES Any notice required by this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested to the following: Owner: Contractor: Orange County Racanelli Construction South, Inc Attn: Steven Arndt 1091 Pemberton Hill Rd, Suite 102 P.O. Box 8181 Apex, NC 27502 Hillsborough, NC 27278 919-363-3600 8. MISCELLANEOUS a. Duties and Obligations imposed by the Contract Documents shall be in addition to any Duties and Obligations imposed by state, federal or local law, rules, regulations and ordinances. b. No act or failure to act by the Owner or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty granted them under the Contract Documents, nor shall any act or failure to act constitute any approval except as specifically agreed in writing. c. The Work shall be tested and inspected as required by the Contract Documents and as required by law. Unless prohibited by law the costs of all such tests and inspections related to state and federal codes such as ADA, Administrative, Electrical, Plumbing, Mechanical and Building Codes shall be borne by the Contractor. The costs for material and structural testing shall be conducted by an independent third party at the expense of the Owner. Delays related to any of the aforementioned tests and inspections shall not be grounds for delaying the completion of the work. If any such tests and inspections reveal deficiencies in the Work such that the Work does not comply with terms or requirements of the Contract Documents and the requirements of any code or law the Contractor is solely responsible for the cost of bringing such deficiencies into compliance with the terms of the Contract Documents and any code or law. d. Should the Designer, if a Designer is retained for the project involving the Work, or Owner reject any portion of the Work for failing to comply with the Contract Documents Contractor DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Revised 07/20 6 shall immediately, at Contractor’s expense, correct the Work. Any such rejection may be made before or after substantial completion. If applicable, any additional expense borne by the Designer under this section shall be paid at Contractor’s expense. e. The County has designated (Steven Arndt) to act as the County's representative with respect to the Project and shall have the authority to render decisions within guidelines established by the County Manager or the County Board of Commissioners and shall be available during working hours as often as may be reasonably required to render decisions and to furnish information. f. The Contractor shall not assign any portion of this Agreement nor subcontract the Work in its entirety without the prior written consent of the Owner. g. In the event of a breach by Contractor Owner has sole authority to determine the reasonableness of Contractor’s actions to remedy such breach or complete the performance of its obligations. h. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall submit to County all relevant documentation, including but not limited to, job cost records, to support its claims for final compensation and if such request is made final compensation shall not be due until all relevant documentation is received, reviewed, and approved by Owner. 9. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES a. Owner and Contractor mutually waive any claim against each other for consequential damages. Consequential Damages include: (i) Damages incurred by Owner for loss of use, income, financing, or business. (ii) Damages incurred by Contractor for office expenses, including personnel, loss of financing, profit, income, business, damage to reputation, or any other non-direct damages. 10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT All of the documents listed, referenced or described in this Agreement, the written Notice-to-Proceed, together with Modifications made or issued in accordance herewith are the Contract Documents, and the work, labor, materials, and completed construction required by the Contract Documents and all parts thereof is the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between Owner and Contractor. This Agreement may be amended only by written instrument signed by both parties. Modifications may be evidenced by facsimile signatures. If any provision of the Agreement or General Conditions shall be declared invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. [SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW] DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Revised 07/20 7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and date first above written in a number of counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for other counterparts, be deemed an original contract. ORANGE COUNTY: CONTRACTOR: By: _________________________________ Bonnie Hammersley By: __________________________________ Edward Dreyer, President Printed Name and Title DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Revised 07/20 8 ORANGE COUNTY—DEPARTMENT USE ONLY ______________________________________________________________________________ Party/Vendor Name: Racanelli Construction South, Inc Party/Vendor Contact Person: Scott Drebitko Contact Phone: 919- 363-3600 Party/Vendor Address: 1091 Pemberton Hill Road, Suite 102 City Apex State: NC Zip: 27502 Department: AMS Amount: $267,170.00 Purpose: Orange County Visitors Bureau Value Engineering-308 Franklin St Budget Code(s): 37600530-803000 Vendor # 62962 (N/A if new vendor) Vendor is a BOCC consultant? Yes No Contract Type: (Check one) New Renewal Amendment Effective Date Approved by Board Yes No Agenda Date: This agreement is approved as to technical form and content and I as Department Director affirmatively state work on this project has not been initiated prior to execution of the agreement: Department Director’s Signature ________________________________________ Date: ________ Agreements for emergency services or repair are not subject to the above affirmation. If services related to this agreement have already begun or been completed please briefly describe the nature of the emergency condition that was addressed: Risk Management This agreement is approved for sufficiency of insurance standards, specifications, and requirements: Office of the Risk Management Officer___________________________________ Date: _________ Financial Services This instrument has been pre-audited in the manner required by the Local Government Budget and Fiscal Control Act: Office of the Chief Financial Officer ____________________________________ Date: _________ Legal Services This agreement is approved as to legal form and sufficiency: Office of the County Attorney __________________________________________Date: ________ Clerk to the Board Received for record retention: All Docusign contracts must be copied to the Clerk upon completion: occlerkdocs@orangecountync.gov The following signature block is for hard copies only and is not required for Docusign contracts: Office of the Clerk to the Board __________________________________________Date:_________ DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHURCH STREETWEST ROSEMARY STREETWEST FRANKLIN STREETPRITCHARD AVE.SITEN. COLUMBIA ST..MALLETTE ST MLK BLVD.S. COLUMBIA ST..SITE LOCATIONJGA Architects308 West Rosemary StreetSuite 302Chapel Hill, NC 27516DRAWING SCHEDULE BID SETORANGE COUNTYVISITORS CENTER 308 West Franklin StreetChapel Hill, NC 27516AUGUST 24, 2020 VICINITY MAPNN.T.S.Orange Countyattn: Alan DormanP.O. Box 8181Hillsborough, NC 27278A-101 EXISTING CONDITIONSA-102 DEMOLITION PLANA-104 EXISTING AND NEW RCPA-201 S AND W EXISITING EXTERIOR ELEVSA-103 PROPOSED FLOOR PLANA-301 BUILDING SECTIONSA-202 N AND E EXISTING EXTERIOR ELEVSA-100 BUILDING CODE SUMMARYC-001 SITE PLANA-301 WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILSBallentine Associates Engineers.221 Providence RoadChapel Hill, NC 27514919-929-0481Neville Engineering213 Riverbirch LaneChapel Hill, NC 27514(919) 740-3427Alamance Consulting Engineers961-F Burlington Ave.Gibsonville, NC 27249919-336-4558COVER SHEETA-601 INTERIOR ELEVATIONSA-602 INTERIOR ELEVATIONSA-701 SCHEDULESP-1 EXISTING COND. & DEMOP-2 PLUMBING PLANP-3 PIPING PLANM-1 EXIST'G MECHANICAL & DEMOM-2 MECH. PLAN, CALCS AND NOTESE-1 ELEC. EXIST'G. COND. AND DEMO.E-2 LIGHTING PLANE-3 POWER PLANE-4 PANEL SCHED. AND NOTESPLUMBINGMECHANICALELECTRICDocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 2018 NC STATE BUILDING CODE, EXISTING BUILDING CODE - NARRATIVECHAPTER 7: ALTERATIONS- LEVEL 1701.1 SCOPE: ALTERATIONS WILL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CHAPTER AS EVIDENSED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND IN THIS NARRATIVE.701.2 THIS ALTERATION WILL NOT MAKE THIS BUILDING LESS CONFORMING THAN IT WAS BEFORE THIS ALTERATION IS UNDERTAKEN.701.3 THIS ALTERATION IS NOT BEING PERFORMED IN A FLOOD HAZARD AREA AND WILL NOT RESULT IN A SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT.702.1FINISH WALL AND CEILING MATERIALS USED IN THIS ALTERATION COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 8 OF THE NC BUILDING CODE.702.2NEW FLOOR FINISHES INCLUDED IN THIS ALTERATION WILL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 8 OF THE NC BUILDING CODE.702.3NEW TRIM INCUDED IN THIS ALTERATION COMPLIES WITH SECTION 806 OF THE NC BUILDING CODE.702.4NO WINDOW OPENING CONTROL DEVICES ARE INCLUDED IN THIS ALTERATION.702.5WINDOWS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR ESCAPE OR RESCUE IN THIS EXISTING BUILDING.702.6ALL NEW WORK COMPLIES WITH THE MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION OF THE NC BUILDING CODE. NO CHANGES ARE INCLUDED WHICH INCLUDE WORK UNDER THE ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE. BUILDING CODE SUMMARY DATA FOR WORK PERFORMED UNDER THE MECHANICAL CODE, THE PLUMBING CODE AND THE ELECTRIC CODE IS FOUND ON THE DRAWINGS.2018 NC STATE BUILDING CODE, EXISTING BUILDING CODE - NARRATIVECHAPTER 7: ALTERATIONS- LEVEL 1703.1ALTERATIONS WILL MAINTAIN THE LEVEL OF FIRE PROTECTION THAT CURRENTLY EXISTS FOR THIS BUILDING.703.2THERE ARE NO SLEEPING ROOMS INCLUDED IN THIS ALTERATION WHICH WOULD NECESSITATE CARBON MONOXIDE ALARMS IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 804 OF THIS CODE.704.1ALTERATIONS UNDER THIS PERMIT WILL MAINTAIN THE LEVEL OF PROTECTION THAT EXISTS FOR MEANS OF EGRESS.705.1DELETED IN CODE.706.1NO ROOFING IS INCLUDED IN THIS PERMIT.707.1NO EQUIPMENT IS INCLUDED IN THIS ALTERATION WHICH REQUIRES A STRUCTURAL CHANGE. NO NEW EQUIPMENT IS INCLUDED IN THIS ALTERATION.708.1NO CHANGES TO THE BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE ARE INCLUDED IN THIS ALTERATION.2018 NC STATE BUILDING CODE, CHAPTER 10: EGRESS1004OCCUPANT LOAD FOR THIS 3,160 SF, B USE BUILDING, IS 100 SF /PERSON OR 32 PEOPLE.1006.2.1THIS FACILITY REQUIRES A SINGLE EXIT BASED ON TABLE 1006.2.1. OCCUPANT LOAD IS LESS THAN 49, COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL IS LESS THAN 75'.1017 MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE FOR THIS UNSPRINKLERED B USE BUILDING IS 200'. ACTUAL MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE IS 72'.1020.4 DEAD ENDS ARE LESS THAN 75' AND COMPLY WITH 1020.4 FOR BUILDINGS WITH A SINGLE EXIT. CLEAR EXIT WIDTHS FOR EXIT DOOR IS 35"1005MAXIMUM CALCULATED OCCUPANT LOAD FOR 35" CLEAR WIDTH EXIT DOOR IS 175 PEOPLE. THE ACTUAL OCCUPANT LOAD IS 32. THE OCCUPANT LOAD FOR THE EXIT DOOR IS 32.Scale:Date:Sheet Number:Project Number:COPYRIGHT @ 2019,JOSH GURLITZ ARCHITECTS (JGA)ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDNO PART OF THESE PLANS MAY BE COPIED, REPRO-DUCED OR REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE EXPRESSWRITTEN PERMISSION OF JGA ARCHITECTS.AUGUST 24, 2020AS NOTEDP2_15_2020DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 © DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 9'-0"24'-41316"14'-5"17'-4"4'-10"3'-7"12'-7"3'-6"7'-8"12'-2"6'-0"12'-0" 7'-0"7'-51 2"7'-51 2"7'-0"8'-11"3'-0"6'-0"20'-5"4'-9" 2'-11" 9'-7"2'-0" 2'-0"2'-0"4'-9 3 16"5'-2"2'-3"1'-3"3'-112"5"3'-0"5"2'-11"3'-10"3'-11"1'-3"1'-11" 4'-0"4'-1"1'-7"3'-8"3'-0"3'-8"1'-9"7'-10"17'-4"1'-6"EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.REMOVE GYP. BD. & FRAMINGFROM ALL CEILINGS LESS THAN8' A.F.F.. THIS AREA.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.Scale:Date:Sheet Number:Project Number:COPYRIGHT @ 2019,JOSH GURLITZ ARCHITECTS (JGA)ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDNO PART OF THESE PLANS MAY BE COPIED, REPRO-DUCED OR REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE EXPRESSWRITTEN PERMISSION OF JGA ARCHITECTS.AUGUST 24, 2020AS NOTEDP2_15_2020A-101EXISTINGFLOORPLANEXISTING FLOOR PLANSCALE 3/16" = 1'-0"EXISTING RCPSCALE 3/16" = 1'-0"DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 9'-0"14'-5"17'-4"4'-10"3'-7"12'-7"3'-6"7'-8"12'-2"6'-0"12'-0" 7'-0"7'-0"3'-0"6'-0"20'-5"4'-9" 2'-11" 9'-7"2'-0" 2'-0"2'-0"4'-9 3 16"5'-2"2'-3"1'-3"3'-112"5"3'-0"5"2'-11"3'-10"4'-0"4'-1"1'-7"3'-8"3'-0"3'-8"1'-9"7'-10"17'-4"1'-6"REMOVE BAR, SUPPORTING WALL STRUCTURETILE FLOOR AND OTHER APPURTENANT BAR ELEMENTS.REMOVE ALL FIVE (5) SEPARATOR WALLS IN MAIN AREA.REMOVE HOOD, MAKE UP AIR ANDEXISTING ANSUL SYSTEM.TERMINATE GAS CONNECTIONAS PER DIRECTIONS BELOW.REMOVE HOOD AND ALL DUCTWORK IN ATTIC.REMOVE ALL MISCELLANEOUSEQUIPMENT IN THIS AREA AS DIRECTEDBY OWNER OR OWNERS REP..REMOVE ALL MISCELLANEOUSEQUIPMENT IN THIS AREA AS DIRECTEDBY OWNER OR OWNERS REP..REMOVE GYP. BD.AND FRAMING.BRACE AS REQ'D..REMOVE GYP. BD.AND FRAMING.BRACE AS REQ'D..REMOVE GYP. BD.AND FRAMING.BRACE AS REQ'D..REMOVE FRAMINGFOR DOOR...REMOVE FRAMINGFOR DOOR...TILE FLOOR TO BE REMOVEDTILE FLOOR TO BE REMOVEDREMOVE TWO NORTH END CEILING MOUNTSOUND BAFFLES. RE-INSTALL TWO BAFFLESAT SOUTH END.REMOVE INTERIOR CLOSURE AT THESETWO EXISTING WINDOWSREMOVE GYP. BD. FROMALL CEILINGS LESS THAN8' A.F.F.. THIS AREA.CLEAN AND SANITIZE WALLS,CEILINGS AND FLOORS INCOOLER.CLEAN AND SANITIZE WALLS,CEILINGS AND FLOORS INCOOLER.REMOVE COOLER DOORSFROM HINGES AND STOREON SITEREMOVE LAVS AND ALLTILE FROM BOTH TOILETROOMS. DEEP CLEANEXISTING TOILETS.REMOVE LAVS AND ALLTILE FROM BOTH TOILETROOMS. DEEP CLEANEXISTING TOILETS.Scale:Date:Sheet Number:Project Number:COPYRIGHT @ 2019,JOSH GURLITZ ARCHITECTS (JGA)ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDNO PART OF THESE PLANS MAY BE COPIED, REPRO-DUCED OR REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE EXPRESSWRITTEN PERMISSION OF JGA ARCHITECTS.AUGUST 24, 2020AS NOTEDP2_15_2020A-102DEMOLITIONPLANDEMOLITION PLANSCALE 14" = 1'-0"NOTE: Remove all debris and personal items from all attic areas. Dispose of lawfully.Request Owner and Architect toindicate any items to remain. Remove and dispose of all other items.Remove and dispose of all items of trash and personal property from main floor, kitchen and all other areas. Clean allsurfaces of debris and grease prior to starting any new work. Redquest Owner and Architect to indicate any items to remain.DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 18'-5"17'-8"EXISTINGEXISTING EXISTINGEXISTING9'-71 2"9'-21 2"9'-21 2"EXISTINGEXISTING8'-11"12'-9"12'-9"NEW HARDWOOD FLOOR TO MATCH EXIST.2'-3"3'-8" 10'-4"CLEAN AND SANITIZE WALLS,CEILINGS AND FLOORS INCOOLER.CLEAN AND SANITIZE WALLS,CEILINGS AND FLOORS INCOOLER.REMOVE COOLER DOORSFROM HINGES AND STOREON SITE8"8" 4'-9"15'-0"10'-0"1'-234"1'-234" 1'-23 4"10'-0"2'-0"12'-8" 1'-514"1'-0"(2)-3/4" X 9-1/2"VERSA LAM LVLABOVE(2)-3/4"X9-1/2"2.0 VERSALAMLVL ABOVELIMIT EPOXY FLOORALTERNATE -01LIMIT EPOXY FLOORALTERNATE -01LIMIT EPOXY FLOORALTERNATE -01SEE LVL BEARINGDET A-104.SEE LVL BEARINGDET A-104.ELEC. HAND DRYERLOCATIONELEC. HAND DRYERLOCATIONREFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.LOBBYWOODGWB - PAINTPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBEXISTING001ROOM FINISH SCHEDULEROOMFLOORBASEWALLSREMARKSCEILINGNOTES: 1. LVT - LUXURY VINYL TILE 2. C.T. - CERAMIC TILE 3.. R.C.P. - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 4. WOOD BASE TO BE 4" CLEAR BIRCH W/ NATURAL STAINEXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNOTES: ALL INTERIOR FLOOR FINISHES TO BE NO LESS THAN CLASS II, NCBC 804.4.002003004005006007008009010011012013014015016017018019REFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.WOODGWB - PAINTCARPETWOODGWB - PAINTGWB - PAINTREFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.WOODGWB - PAINTREFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.WOODGWB - PAINTREFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.WOODGWB - PAINTREFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.WOODGWB - PAINTREFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.VINYLGWB - PAINTCONFERENCEOFFICEOFFICEOFFICEOFFICECORRIDOROFFICEOFFICEHOSPITALITYSTORAGEWORK ROOMGWB - PAINTEXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.GWB - PAINTEXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.LVT.GWB - PAINTEXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.LVT.VINYLGWB - PAINTEXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.LVT.VINYLGWB - PAINT 8'-0"STAIR TO ATTICREP. W/ RUBBER TREADTOILET ROOMCERAMIC TILE-THIN SETC.T. C.T. TO 3'-2" A.F.F.TOILET ROOMCERAMIC TILE-THIN SETC.T.UTILITYLVT.VINYLGWB - PAINTSTORAGELVT.VINYLGWB - PAINTSTORAGEREMOVE AND REPLACEALL CERAMIC TILEEXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.EXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.EXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.EXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.PROVIDE GYP.BD. CLG.@ 8' A.F.F.EXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBREMOVE AND REPLACEALL CERAMIC TILEWOODWOODWOODREMOVE TILE & REPLACEWITH WOOD AT BAR AREA C.T. TO 3'-2" A.F.F.CARPETCARPETCARPET OVER WOODREGULATORY REQUIREMENTS0.0 ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO: 0.0.1 NORTH CAROLINA STATE BUILDING CODE 2018 EDITION AND CURRENT AMENDMENTS. 0.0.2 RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE TOWN OF CHAPEL HILL, NORTH CAROLINA AND ANY PERMITS, REGULATORY AGREEMENTS OR OTHER ENFORCEABLE MUNICIPAL CODES. 0.0.3 RULES AND REGULATIONS OF PUBLIC UTILITIES. 0.0.4 THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. 26 JULY, 1991 AND CURRENT AMENDMENTS THERETO.0.1 THE CODE COMPLIANCE SUMMARIES IN THESE DOCUMENTS ARE GUIDES TO THE CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA DEVELOPED FOR THIS SPECIFIC PROJECT. THEY ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE OR EXHAUSTIVE SET OF CODE REQUIREMENTS.0.2 MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF ALL RATED SHAFT ENCLOSURES. RATED PARTITIONS BEHIND WALL ACCESSORIES INCLUDING FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS. TOILET ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER ITEMS WHERE THEY OCCUR.0.3 PENETRATIONS OF PIPES, CONDUIT, SWITCHES, OUTLETS, AND OTHER ITEMS AT RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE FIRE STOPPEDGENERAL REQUIREMENTS1.0 REFER TO THE PROJECT MANUAL FOR COMPLETE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. THE PROJECT MANUAL SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THESE GENERAL NOTES IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT.1.1 THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR/CONSTRUCTION MANAGER MUST COORDINATE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS WITH PM&E DRAWINGS AND ALL OWNER'S VENDOR OR DRAWINGS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,TELEPHONE, DATA AND SECURITY SYSTEM. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK.1.2 THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR/CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND ALL SUB-CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING AND COORDINATING THEIR WORK WITH ALL OF THE DRAWINGS AND THE PROJECT MANUAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THEIR WORK. OMISSIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE DRAWING,. PROJECT MANUAL, NOTES AND DETAILS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR/CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND SHALL BE RESOLVED BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK OR RELATED WORK. RELATED WORK.DIMENSIONING REQUIREMENTS2.0 DIMENSIONS ARE NOTED OR CAN BE DETERMINED FROM OTHER INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THE DRAWINGS OR INFERRED FROM THE PROJECT MANUAL OR SHOP DRAWINGS. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS ARE BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS. DO NOT PROCEED WITH AFFECTED WORK OR RELATED WORK UNTIL THE VARIATIONS, DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN RESOLVED BY THE ARCHITECT. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. DRAWING SHEETS LESS THAN 24" X 36" MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED FROM ORIGINALS.2.1 VERTICAL DIMENSIONING: 2.1.1 HEIGHTS SHOWN OR NOTED A.F.F. (ABOVE FINISH FLOOR) ARE TO BE MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF FINISHED FLOORING MATERIAL, EXCEPT AT CARPET, RESILIENT FLOORING, AND LVT WHICH ARE TO BE MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE SUBSTRATE. 2.1.2 CEILING HEIGHTS SHOWN ON REFLECTED CEILING PLANS AND OTHER LOCATIONS ARE A.F.F.2.2 HORIZONTAL DIMENSIONING 2.2.1 PLAN DIMENSIONS TO THE FACE OF INTERIOR PARTITIONS ARE THE FACE OF THE STUD. 2.2.2 PLAN DIMENSIONS TO THE CENTERLINE OF INTERIOR PARTITIONS, IF ANY, ARE TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE FINISHED WALL THICKNESS. 2.2.3 WALLS CALLED OUT TO ALIGN WITH COLUMNS, OTHER WALLS, OR OTHER CONSTRUCTION ARE INTENDED THAT THE FINISH SURFACES SHALL ALIGN.2.3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD, FACE OF BRICK, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. STRUCTURAL STEEL DIMENSIONS IN PLANS ARE TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE STEEL MEMBER.2.4 IF PROVIDED, REFER TO ENLARGED PLANS AND PLAN DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND DIMENSION.2.5 LOCATIONS OF ALL DEVICES AND FIXTURES DIMENSIONED, NOTED OR OTHERWISE DESCRIBED ARE EXACT. ALL NEW FRAMING MUST ACCOMMODATE THESE LOCATIONS.2.6 ANY DIMENSIONS OF, OR TYING IN TO, EXISTING BUILDING ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS ARE TO BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENTS OF WORK.OTHER REQUIREMENTS3.0 TYPICAL DETAILS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INCORPORATED AT ALL APPROPRIATE LOCATIONS WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY REFERENCED AT EACH LOCATION.3.1 THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REQUIRED DEMOLITION, TEMPORARY SUPPORT OF AND/OR DAMAGE TO NEW OR EXISTING STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION.3.2 THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE, PROVIDE, AND INSTALL CONCEALED BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL-MOUNTED ITEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HANDRAIL, EQUIPMENT, OWNER, AND/OR VENDOR PROVIDED ITEMS, ETC.3.3 NO EXPOSED CONDUIT, WIRING OR PIPING IS PERMITTED WITHOUT ARCHITECT APPROVAL UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE.Scale:Date:Sheet Number:Project Number:COPYRIGHT @ 2019,JOSH GURLITZ ARCHITECTS (JGA)ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDNO PART OF THESE PLANS MAY BE COPIED, REPRO-DUCED OR REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE EXPRESSWRITTEN PERMISSION OF JGA ARCHITECTS.AUGUST 24, 2020AS NOTEDP2_15_2020A-103PROPOOSEDFLOORPLANPROPOSED FLOOR PLANSCALE 14" = 1'-0"DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN. REPAIR SURFACEBLEMISHES AND REFINISH.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN. REPAIR SURFACEBLEMISHES AND REFINISH.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN. REPAIR SURFACEBLEMISHES AND REFINISH.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN. REPAIR SURFACEBLEMISHES AND REFINISH.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN. REPAIR SURFACEBLEMISHES AND REFINISH.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN. REPAIR SURFACEBLEMISHES AND REFINISH.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN. REPAIR SURFACEBLEMISHES AND REFINISH.CLEAN AND SANITIZE WALLS,CEILINGS AND FLOORS INCOOLER.CLEAN AND SANITIZE WALLS,CEILINGS AND FLOORS INCOOLER.(2)-3/4"X9-1/2"2.0 VERSALAMLVL ABOVESEE LVL BEARINGDET. THIS DWG.INSTALL NEW GYP. BD. CLG.AT 8' A.F.F. THIS AREA. SEE DEMONOTESSEE LVL BEARINGDET. THIS DWG.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.REMOVE GYP. BD. & FRAMINGFROM ALL CEILINGS LESS THAN8' A.F.F.. THIS AREA.EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILINGTO REMAIN.6x3-1/2x3/8 STL. ANGLE(2) 12" 0 LAG BOLTS(2) 3/4" OEPOXY ANCHORS(2) 1-3/4" X 9-1/2"VERSA-LAM 2.0 LVLWOOD BLOCK'GAS REQ'D.(2) 12" 0 LAG BOLTS6x3-1/2x3/8 STL. ANGLE(2) 1-3/4" X 9-1/2"VERSA-LAM 2.0 LVLEXISTING SQUARESTEEL TUBE COLUMNWITHIN EXISTING WALLEXISTING SQUARESTEEL TUBE COLUMN1/2" GWB WRAP3/4" WD FURRINGScale:Date:Sheet Number:Project Number:COPYRIGHT @ 2019,JOSH GURLITZ ARCHITECTS (JGA)ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDNO PART OF THESE PLANS MAY BE COPIED, REPRO-DUCED OR REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE EXPRESSWRITTEN PERMISSION OF JGA ARCHITECTS.AUGUST 24, 2020AS NOTEDP2_15_2020A-104CEILINGPLANEXISTING RCPSCALE 316" = 1'-0"PROPOSED RCPSCALE 316" = 1'-0"LVL BEAM BEARING@ OFFICE 003SCALE 1/2" = 1'-0"STL COL. WRAP@ OFFICE 003SCALE 1" = 1'-0"DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 A-201Scale:Date:Sheet Number:Project Number:COPYRIGHT @ 2019,JOSH GURLITZ ARCHITECTS (JGA)ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDNO PART OF THESE PLANS MAY BE COPIED, REPRO-DUCED OR REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE EXPRESSWRITTEN PERMISSION OF JGA ARCHITECTS.AUGUST 24, 2020AS NOTEDP2_15_2020SOUTH (FRANKLIN ST.) ELEVATIONSCALE 14" = 1'-0"WEST ELEVATIONSCALE 14" = 1'-0"NO CHANGES TO EXISTINGEXTERIOR ELEVATIONSTHIS PROJECT.ELEVATION NOTESDocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 8'-5 516"2'-5 516"A-202Scale:Date:Sheet Number:Project Number:COPYRIGHT @ 2019,JOSH GURLITZ ARCHITECTS (JGA)ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDNO PART OF THESE PLANS MAY BE COPIED, REPRO-DUCED OR REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE EXPRESSWRITTEN PERMISSION OF JGA ARCHITECTS.AUGUST 24, 2020AS NOTEDP2_15_2020EAST ELEVATIONSCALE 14" = 1'-0"NORTH ELEVATIONSCALE 14" = 1'-0"NO CHANGES TO EXISTINGEXTERIOR ELEVATIONSTHIS PROJECT.ELEVATION NOTESDocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 EXIST. WALLTOP RET.RAILBOTTOM RET.RAILGLASS PANELWALLGLASS PANELWALLSEE ELEV.A-602CEILING SOUNDBAFFLES TO REMAINSEE DEMO PLAN FORNOTES.SUPPLY DUCTTO REMAINSEE MECH PLANSFOR NOTES.SEE WALL SECTIONA-302CEILING SOUNDBAFFLES TO REMAINSEE DEMO PLAN FORNOTES.SUPPLY DUCTTO REMAINSEE MECH PLANSFOR NOTES.VERSALAMLVL BEAMSEE ELEV.A-602CEILING SOUNDBAFFLES TO REMAINSEE DEMO PLAN FORNOTES.SUPPLY DUCTTO REMAINSEE MECH PLANSFOR NOTES.Scale:Date:Sheet Number:Project Number:COPYRIGHT @ 2019,JOSH GURLITZ ARCHITECTS (JGA)ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDNO PART OF THESE PLANS MAY BE COPIED, REPRO-DUCED OR REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE EXPRESSWRITTEN PERMISSION OF JGA ARCHITECTS.AUGUST 24, 2020AS NOTEDP2_15_2020A-301INTERIORSECTIONSEXISTING LONGITUDINAL SECTIONSCALE 3/16" = 1'-0"EXISTING LATERAL SECTIONSCALE 3/16" = 1'-0"LATERAL SECTION @ LOBBYSCALE 3/16" = 1'-0"LATERAL SECTION @ CONF. ROOMSCALE 3/16" = 1'-0"LONGITUDINAL SECTION THRU CONF. RM.SCALE 3/16" = 1'-0"NOTE: COOLER NOT SHOWNNO CHANGE TO COOLER CONST.SEE PLANS FOR COOLER CHANGES.DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 10'-4"11'-2"8'-0"2' DIAM.DUCT3' DIAM.DUCTWOOD FLOORSEE TYP BASEDET. THIS SHT.SEE TYP HEADDET. THIS SHT.top of wallbeyond2X10 CEILING JOIST16" O.C.12" PLYWOODJOIST COVER12" GYP.BD.CLG.2' DIAM.DUCT10'-4"34" STNLS STLANCHOR BOLT16" 0.C.EPOXY CMT.JOIST HANGAREA, CLG. JST..3' DIAM.DUCT11'-2"18 ga MTL. CAPFULL THICKNESSFIBREGLAS SOUNDBATTSSEE TYP BASEDET. THIS SHT.SEE TYP HEADDET. THIS SHT.(2) 1-3/4" X 9-1/2" 2.0 VERSALAM LVLAT DEMO. WALL LOCATION.2XCEILING JOIST, EXISTINGSEE TYP HEADDET. THIS SHT.EXIST'GGYP.BD.CLG.58" GYP. WALLBOARDFULL THICKNESSFIBREGLAS SOUNDBATTSSEE TYP BASEDET. THIS SHT.1-3/4" X 9-1/2"VERSA LAM LVL1-3/4"X9-1/2"VERSA LAMLVL1-3/4" X 9-1/2"VERSA LAM LVL1-3/4"X9-1/2"VERSA LAMLVL1/2" GWBCONT. 2X122X12 BRIDGING12" OC.GLAZED WALLHEAD RAILTOP OF RAIL@ 8'-0"A.F.F.GLAZED WALLBASE RAIL. FASTENPER MFG REC.WOOD FLOORSLEEPERSCONC. SLAB2XCEILING JOIST, EXISTINGATTIC FLOOREXIST'GGYP.BD.CLG.18 GA. MTL.HEAD CHANNELSAND & REFINISHEXIST'G WOOD FLOOR5/8"x7" STL.WEDGE ANCHOR16" O.C.CONT. SEALNTBEAD EA, SIDE1X4 CLEARBIRCH BASEEA. SIDEA-302BUILDINGSECTIONS& DETAILSDET. LABEL AND ARRANGEMENT 08-09-19Scale:Date:Sheet Number:Project Number:COPYRIGHT @ 2019,JOSH GURLITZ ARCHITECTS (JGA)ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDNO PART OF THESE PLANS MAY BE COPIED, REPRO-DUCED OR REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE EXPRESSWRITTEN PERMISSION OF JGA ARCHITECTS.AUGUST 24, 2020AS NOTEDP2_15_2020SECTION A-ASECTION B-BDocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 7'-3"7'-0"4'-0"2'-3"10'-2"3'-1"3'-0"2'-8"4'-0"SINK8'-0"8'-9"REFRIGERATOR2'-0"4" 2'-10"2'-2"1'-9"1'-9"1'-9"1'-9"ADJUSTABLESHELVINGADJUSTABLESHELVINGPANTRY3'-0"MICROWAVE8'-0"7'-3"5'-5"EQEQEQ1'-9"ICEMAKER2'-10"2'-2"ADJUSTABLESHELVINGCOFFEEMACHINELOCATION8'-0"7'-0"(5) 6' HEAVY DUTYSTANDARDSFOR 20" DEEPWIRE SHELVING.PROVIDE 25 BRACKETSFOR 5 20" DEEPSHELVESPROVIDE 5 WIRESHELVES-6'10"WIDE X 20" DEEP17'-8"AMERICNSTANDARDQUATRO 40LAVELEC. HAND DRYERLOCATIONELEC. HAND DRYERLOCATION8'-0"7'-0"AMERICNSTANDARDQUATRO 40LAV3'-2" MAX. 2'-10"1'-7"1'-3"MIRRORREAR WALLGRAB BAR(G.B.) AT W.CALL GRAB BARS TONC BLDGCODE.3'-2" MAX. 1'-7" 33"-36" 2'-10" 15" MIN.REAR WALLGRAB BAR(G.B.) AT W.C.TOILET PAPERLAVATORY (LAV.)HOT WATER SUPPLYAND DRAIN LINES SHALLBE FULLY INSULATED1'-0"2'-0"1'-6"1'-0"3'-6"SIDE WALL GRAB BAR (G.B.)AT W.C.G.B. REINFORCEMENT2'-10"4"2'-0"SOLID SURFACECOUNTERTOP ANDBACKSPLASH. TYP.BIRCH VENEERP'WD CABINETSREMOVEABLEBACK PANELDOOR &DRAWERPULLS IN HDWRALLOWANCE2'-0"3'-0"12"SOLID SURFACECOUNTERTOP ANDADJ.SHELVINGBIRCH VENEERP'WD CABINETSREMOVEABLEBACK PANELDOOR &DRAWERPULLS IN HDWRALLOWANCE2'-10"4"2'-0"REMOVEABLEBACK PANELADJ.SHELVINGSOLID SURFACECOUNTERTOP ANDBACKSPLASH. TYP.BIRCH VENEERP'WD CABINETSDOOR &DRAWERPULLS IN HDWRALLOWANCEA-601TOILET RM.MISC.CASEWORKELEVATIONSDET. LABEL AND ARRANGEMENT 08-09-19Scale:Date:Sheet Number:Project Number:COPYRIGHT @ 2019,JOSH GURLITZ ARCHITECTS (JGA)ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDNO PART OF THESE PLANS MAY BE COPIED, REPRO-DUCED OR REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE EXPRESSWRITTEN PERMISSION OF JGA ARCHITECTS.AUGUST 24, 2020AS NOTEDP2_15_2020CORE AREA PLANSCALE 1/2" = 1'-0"ELEVATION BSCALE 1/2" = 1'-0"ELEVATION ASCALE 1/2" = 1'-0"ELEVATION CSCALE 1/2" = 1'-0"TOILET ROOM STANDARDSSCALE 1/2" = 1'-0"TYP. TOILET RM, ELEV. DSCALE 1/2" = 1'-0"TOILET ROOM PLANSSCALE 1/2" = 1'-0"ELEV. AELEV. BELEV. CELEV. DELEV. DOPP. HANDCASEWORK SECTION- ASCALE 1-1/2" = 1'-0"CASEWORK SECTION- BSCALE 1-1/2" = 1'-0"DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 18'-5"12'-9"10'-4"15'-0"10'-0"1'-234"1'-23 4" 1'-23 410'-0"2'-0"12'-8" 1'-51 4"1'-0"(2)-3/4" X 9-1/2"VERSA LAM LVLABOVE(2)-3/4"X9-1/2"2.0 VERSALAMLVL ABOVESEE LVL BEARINGDET A-104.WOOD FLOORETCHED GLASSPATTERNETCHED GLASSPATTERN2' DIAM.DUCT3' DIAM.DUCTWOOD FLOORTOP RET.RAILBOTTOM RET.RAILGLASS PANELWALLGLASS PANELWALLGLASS PANELWALLGLASS PANELDOUBLE DOORGLASS PANELWALLBOTTOM RET.RAILBOTTOM RET.RAILTOP RET.RAILTOP RET.RAIL2' DIAM.DUCT3' DIAM.DUCTWOOD FLOORETCHED GLASSPATTERNETCHED GLASSPATTERNETCHED GLASSPATTERNETCHED GLASSPATTERNETCHED GLASSPATTERNWOOD FLOORTOP RET.RAILBOTTOM RET.RAILGLASS PANELWALLGLASS PANELWALLGLASS INTERIOR WALL SYSTEMBASIS OF DESIGN: CRL "CASCADE GLASS WALL OFFICE SYSTEM".CRL ALUMINUM, C.R.LAURANCE CO. ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCTS.1/2" TEMPERED GLASS THROUGHOUT.PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL. PROVIDE ENGINEERINGCALCULATIONS FOR REVIEW,A-602GLASS WALLPLANS ANDELEVS.DET. LABEL AND ARRANGEMENT 08-09-19Scale:Date:Sheet Number:Project Number:COPYRIGHT @ 2019,JOSH GURLITZ ARCHITECTS (JGA)ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDNO PART OF THESE PLANS MAY BE COPIED, REPRO-DUCED OR REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE EXPRESSWRITTEN PERMISSION OF JGA ARCHITECTS.AUGUST 24, 2020AS NOTEDP2_15_2020ELEVATION BELEVATION AETCHED GLASS PATTERNELEV. AELEV. AELEV. BETCHED GLASS PATTERNELEV. BELEV. CSCALE 3/8" = 1'-0"SCALE 3/8" = 1'-0"SCALE 3/8" = 1'-0"SCALE 3/8" = 1'-0"ETCHED GLASS PATTERNELEV. CSCALE 3/8" = 1'-0"ELEVATION CSCALE 3/8" = 1'-0"KEY PLANN.T.S.NO GLASS ETCHINGTHIS BIDCLEAR GLASS ONLYNO GLASS ETCHINGTHIS BIDCLEAR GLASS ONLYNO GLASS ETCHINGTHIS BIDCLEAR GLASS ONLYDocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 EXIST.EXIST.EXIST.DOOR SCHEDULEEXISTING FRONT DOOREXIST.EXIST.EXIST.0102030405060708091011121314151617AEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGAAAAABBBBBEXIST.EXIST.PAIR, EXIST'G. EXTERIOR SOLID DOORS3'-0"x7'-0"x1-3/4"WOODHM# ELEV. SIZE MATERIAL FRAME HDWRE NOTES3'-0"x7'-0"x1-3/4"WOODHM3'-0"x7'-0"x1-3/4"WOODHM3'-0"x7'-0"x1-3/4"WOODHM3'-0"x7'-0"x1-3/4"WOODHM3'-0"x7'-0"x1-3/4"WOODHM3'-0"x7'-0"x1-3/4"WOODHMEXIST'GEXIST'GEXIST'G3'-0"x7'-0"x1-3/4"WOODHM3'-0"x7'-0"x1-3/4"WOODHM3'-0"x7'-0"x1-3/4"WOODHM6'-0"x7'-0"x1-3/4"WOODHMPAIR 3'-0"x7'-0"X 1-3/4", SOLID DOORSEXISTING DOOREXISTING DOORTEMPERED GLAZED DOOR, PREFINISHED BIRCHTEMPERED GLAZED DOOR, PREFINISHED BIRCHTEMPERED GLAZED DOOR, PREFINISHED BIRCHTEMPERED GLAZED DOOR, PREFINISHED BIRCHTEMPERED GLAZED DOOR, PREFINISHED BIRCHTEMPERED GLAZED DOOR, PREFINISHED BIRCHFLUSH, PREFINISHED BIRCH, ADA CLOSERFLUSH, PREFINISHED BIRCH, ADA CLOSERFLUSH, PREFINISHED BIRCH, ADA CLOSERFLUSH, PREFINISHED BIRCHEXISTING DOOR TO COOLER/STORAGEAAABBFLUSH, PREFINISHED BIRCH6'-0"x7'-0"GLASSPAIR DOORS PART OF GLAZED WALLCREFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.LOBBYWOODGWB - PAINTPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBEXISTING001ROOM FINISH SCHEDULEROOMFLOORBASEWALLSREMARKSCEILINGNOTES: 1. LVT - LUXURY VINYL TILE 2. C.T. - CERAMIC TILE 3.. R.C.P. - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 4. WOOD BASE TO BE 4" CLEAR BIRCH W/ NATURAL STAINEXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNOTES: ALL INTERIOR FLOOR FINISHES TO BE NO LESS THAN CLASS II, NCBC 804.4.002003004005006007008009010011012013014015016017018019REFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.WOODGWB - PAINTCARPETWOODGWB - PAINTGWB - PAINTREFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.WOODGWB - PAINTREFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.WOODGWB - PAINTREFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.WOODGWB - PAINTREFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.WOODGWB - PAINTREFINISH EXIST'G WOOD.VINYLGWB - PAINTCONFERENCEOFFICEOFFICEOFFICEOFFICECORRIDOROFFICEOFFICEHOSPITALITYSTORAGEWORK ROOMGWB - PAINTEXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.GWB - PAINTEXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.LVT.GWB - PAINTEXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.LVT.VINYLGWB - PAINTEXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.LVT.VINYLGWB - PAINT 8'-0"STAIR TO ATTICREP. W/ RUBBER TREADTOILET ROOMCERAMIC TILE-THIN SETC.T. C.T. TO 3'-2" A.F.F.TOILET ROOMCERAMIC TILE-THIN SETC.T.UTILITYLVT.VINYLGWB - PAINTSTORAGELVT.VINYLGWB - PAINTSTORAGEREMOVE AND REPLACEALL CERAMIC TILEEXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.EXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.EXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.EXIST'G CLG. REPAIR ORREPLACE EXIST.G GYP.PROVIDE GYP.BD. CLG.@ 8' A.F.F.EXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBPATCH & PAINT EXIST'G GWBREMOVE AND REPLACEALL CERAMIC TILEWOODWOODWOODREMOVE TILE & REPLACEWITH WOOD AT BAR AREA C.T. TO 3'-2" A.F.F.CARPETCARPETCARPET OVER WOODTHIS DOOR REVERSE SWING FROM EXISTINGTHIS DOOR REVERSE SWING FROM EXISTINGELEVATION AGLAZED DOORBIRCH RAILS ANDSTILESFROSTEDGLASSELEVATION BFLUSH BIRCHVENEER DOOR7'-0"3'-0"7'-0"3'-0"1" UNDER-CUT1" UNDER-CUTA-701Scale:Date:Sheet Number:Project Number:COPYRIGHT @ 2019,JOSH GURLITZ ARCHITECTS (JGA)ALL RIGHTS RESERVEDNO PART OF THESE PLANS MAY BE COPIED, REPRO-DUCED OR REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT THE EXPRESSWRITTEN PERMISSION OF JGA ARCHITECTS.AUGUST 24, 2020AS NOTEDP2_15_2020Room Finish Sched. mods 6-20-19Door Sched. revs 9-4-19Door Sched. revs 10-3-19DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 120V DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH TELE/DATA. TELE/DATA BACK TO I.T.CLOSET- FLOOR MOUNTED DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Chapel Hill/Orange County Visitors Center 308 West Franklin Street Chapel Hill, North Carolina Construction Manual Architect: JGA Architects Civil Engineer: Ballentine Associates Structural Engineer: Gus Neville MEP Engineer: Alamance Engineering August 12, 2020 AUGUST 24, 2020 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC 1 CONSTRUCTION MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION DIV. 1 .......... SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SEE BID DOCUMENTS FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER CONDITIONS. 012000.......... ALLOWANCES ......................................................................... ............................................. 3 DIV. 3 .......... CONCRETE 033053.......... MISC. CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE ..................................... ............................................. 8 DIV. 6 .......... WOOD AND PLASTICS 061200.......... WOOD FRAMING………………………………………………………………… ............... 2 064023……..INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK…………………………………………...13. DIV. 7 .......... THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 072100.......... SOUND AND THERMAL INSULATION ................................ ............................................. 8 079200.......... JOINT SEALANTS .................................................................... ............................................15 DIV.8 ........... DOORS AND WINDOWS 081113.......... HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES ....................................... ............................................. 9 081416…….WOOD DOORS………………………………………………………………………………..6 087100.......... DOOR HARDWARE (SEE ALLOWANCES)............................... ......................................... 19 089000.......... LOUVERS AND VENTS .......................................................... ............................................. 8 DIV.9 ........... FINISHES 092900.......... GYPSUM BOARD ..................................................................... ............................................. 9 093000……..CERAMIC FLOOR AND WALL TILE……………………………………………………...9 096400.......... WOOD FLOORING ................................................................... ............................................. 7 096500.......... RESILIENT FLOORING ........................................................... ............................................. 3 096723.........EPOXY FLOORING..................................................................................................................6 096816.......... SHEET CARPET ........................................................................ ............................................. 8 099123.......... INTERIOR PAINT ..................................................................... ............................................. 9 099300.......... STAIN AND TRANSPARENT FINISH .................................... ............................................. 9 DIV. 10 ........ SPECIALTIES 101400.......... INTERIOR SIGNS ..................................................................... ............................................. 6 102310……..GLASS WALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS…………………………………………………..3 102800……..TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES……………………………………………………………5 104413.......... FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS ......................................... ............................................. 7 104416.......... FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ........................................................... ............................................. 3 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC 2 DIV. 22 – .... PLUMBING ..................... PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWINGS DIV. 23 - ..... HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ..................... HVAC SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWINGS DIV. 26 - ..... ELECTRICAL ..................... ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWINGS DIV. 28…….ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 283111.......... DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM ON DRAWINGS ............................ DIV. 31 ........ SITE WORK ..................... SITE WORK SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWINGS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC ALLOWANCES 012100 - 1 SECTION 012100 - ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. 1. Certain items are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order. B. Types of allowances include the following: 1. Lump-sum allowances. 2. Unit-cost allowances. 3. Quantity allowances. 4. Contingency allowances. 5. Testing and inspecting allowances. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders for allowances. 2. Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices. 3. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for procedures governing the use of allowances for testing and inspecting. 4. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for items of Work covered by allowances. 1.3 SELECTION AND PURCHASE A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work. B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work. C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC ALLOWANCES 012100 - 2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders. B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials deliv ered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work. Furnish templates as required to coordinate installation. 1.6 ALLOWANCES A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner and/or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to Project site. B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner and/or selected by Architect under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance. 1.7 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance. B. Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract Sum. These costs include delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs. C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner by Change Order. 1.8 TESTING AND INSPECTING ALLOWANCES A. Testing and inspecting allowances include the cost of engaging testing agencies, actual tests and inspections, and reporting results. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC ALLOWANCES 012100 - 3 B. The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or costs for retesting if previous tests and inspections result in failure. The cost for incidental labor to assist the testing agency shall be included in the Contract Sum. C. Costs of services not required by the Contract Documents are not included in the allowance. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the testing and inspecting allowance to Owner by Change Order. 1.9 UNUSED MATERIALS A. Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. 1. If requested by Architect, prepare unused material for storage by Owner when it is not economically practical to return the material for credit. If directed by Architect, deliver unused material to Owner's storage space. Otherwise, disposal of unused material is Contractor's responsibility. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 2.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 2.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance No.01_ Door Hardware: Include Door Hardware allowance of $10,000.00 B. Allowance No. 02_Ceramic Tile: Include CT allowance of $15.00 per square foot. C. Allowance No. 03_Toilet Room Accessories: Include allowance of $3,500.00 D. Allowance No.04_Room Signs: Include allowance of $1,000.00 for room signs. E. Allowance No. 05_ Carpet: provide $35.00/yard carpet allowance. END OF SECTION 012100 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 - 1 SECTION 033053 - MISCELLANEOUS CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. 1. No new concrete is anticipated for this project. This section includes concrete repair where required. 2. Floor leveling compound for use over sloped and/or previously tiled areas. Floor leveling compound to be compounds formulated to be applied over tiled surfaces and acceptable for luxury vinyl tile finish applications. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 31 Section "Concrete Paving" for concrete pavement and walks. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Other Action Submittal: 1. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ready-Mix-Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready- mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. B. Comply with the following sections of ACI 301 (ACI 301M), unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. "General Requirements." 2. "Formwork and Formwork Accessories." 3. "Reinforcement and Reinforcement Supports." 4. "Concrete Mixtures." 5. "Handling, Placing, and Constructing." DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 - 2 6. "Lightweight Concrete." C. Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMWORK A. Furnish formwork and formwork accessories according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M). 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Recycled Content: Provide steel reinforcement with an average recycled content of steel products so that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less than 25 percent. B. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. C. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M, as drawn. D. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets. E. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497/A 497M, flat sheet. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I/II a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. b. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120. B. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, graded. C. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330, 3/4-inch (25-mm)nominal maximum aggregate size. D. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M. 2.4 ADMIXTURES A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 - 3 B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. 2.5 RELATED MATERIALS A. Vapor Retarder: Plastic sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class A or B. B. Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils (0.25 mm) thick; or plastic sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class C. C. Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork. 2.6 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming; manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 3, burlap cloth or cotton mats. C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Non-Membrane-Forming Curing Compound (membrane dissipating): ASTM C 309, Type 1, 1D Class A&B. F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class B. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) requirements for concrete mixtures. B. Normal-Weight Concrete: Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M), as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)at 28 days. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 - 4 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.50. 3. Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used, by not less than 40 percent. 4. Slump Limit: 4 inches (100 mm), 8 inches (200 mm) for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches (50 to 100 mm) before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm). 5. Air Content: Maintain within range permitted by ACI 301 (ACI 301M). Do not allow air content of trowel-finished floor slabs to exceed 3 percent. C. Structural Lightweight Concrete Mix: ASTM C 330, proportioned to produce concrete with a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) at 28 days and a calculated equilibrium unit weight of 110 lb/cu. ft. (1762 kg/cu. m) plus or minus 3 lb/cu. ft. (48.1 kg/cu. m), as determined by ASTM C 567. Concrete slump at point of placement shall be the minimum necessary for efficient mixing, placing, and finishing. 1. Limit slump to 5 inches (125 mm) for troweled slabs and 4 inches (100 mm) for other slabs. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M[ and ASTM C 1116/C 1116], and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. B. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. 1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released. 2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m), increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m). 3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, construct, erect, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M). DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 - 5 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 3.3 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Install, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643; place sheets in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. 1. Lap joints 6 inches (150 mm) and seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive or joint tape. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Locate and install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- fourth of concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with groover tool to a radius of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3.2-mm-) wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints: Install joint-filler strips at junctions with slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 - 6 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) for placing concrete. B. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301 (ACI 301M). C. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement. D. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. 3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/2 inch (13 mm). 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch (3 mm). 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view, or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete. C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following rubbed finish, defined in ACI 301 (ACI 301M), to smooth-formed finished as-cast concrete where indicated: D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.8 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on surface. 1. Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations. C. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious floor finishes, unless otherwise indicated. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 - 7 D. Float Finish: Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, fluid-applied or direct-to-deck-applied membrane waterproofing. E. Trowel Finish: Apply a hard trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film-finish coating system. F. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to surfaces indicated and to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. 3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with ACI 301 (ACI 301M) for hot-weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033053 - 8 application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Tests: Perform according to ACI 301 (ACI 301M). 1. Testing Frequency: One composite sample shall be obtained for each day's pour of each concrete mix exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m) but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof. 2. Testing Frequency: One composite sample shall be obtained for each 100 cu. yd. (76 cu. m) or fraction thereof of each concrete mix placed each day. 3.11 REPAIRS A. Remove and replace concrete that does not comply with requirements in this Section. END OF SECTION 033053 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC 06100-Carpentry-1 06100-00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 Drawings and General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications Sections, apply to work of this section. 2 Specified publications refer to the most recent edition. 06100-02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 1 Furnish and install structural and framing work as indicated on the drawings, schedules and as specified. 2 Provide supplementary items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a secure, sound and complete installation. 3 See Division 7 for insulated sheathing. 4 Rough hardware to comply with N.C.State Building Code requirements for fasteners. 5 Finish carpentry is specified in Section 06400. 06100-03 QUALITY_ASSURANCE 1 The quality and design of wood members, their sizing and their fastenings are to be governed by Chapter 23, Wood Construction, 2018 Edition of the North Carolina State Building Code, unless otherwise specifically noted in these specifications or on the working drawings. 2 Each piece of structural framing lumber and plywood shall bear the grade and trademark of the association under whose rules it was produced and bear a mill identification mark. Comply with PS 20. 06100-04 PRODUCTS 1 Deliver and store materials in dry areas. Protect materials against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber and plywood off the ground and in a manner that will provide air circulation through the stacks 2 Studs, headers, and other structural framing shall be West Coast Spruce. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC 06100-Carpentry-2 3 Pressure treat wood framing in contact with masonry, concrete and sleepers, nailing strips, etc., in concrete or masonry, and cant strips. Treatment shall be in accordance with American Wood Preservers Association Specification C-2, "Pressure Treatment of Lumber to be used in Buildings" with a retention of preservative not less than 0.30 pounds per cubic foot. 4 Moisture content of framing lumber shall not exceed 19%. Lumber must be sound, thoroughly seasoned, and free from warp that cannot be corrected. 5 Plywood shall be C-D Exterior Grade in thicknesses as indicated on the drawings. 06100-06 EXECUTION 1 Use only sound, thoroughly seasoned materials of the longest practical lengths and sizes. Minimize jointing. Do not incorporate into the work warped or defective materials that would impair the quality of the work. Studs shall be continuous from sill to plate; no splicing of studs. 2 Use common wire nails except as otherwise specified. Do not lubricate or wax friction fasteners. Make connections tight. Install fasteners without splitting the wood; pre-drill if required. 3 Attach carpentry work securely by anchoring and fastening as shown or specified and as required by Table 2304.10.1 of the North Carolina State Building Code. Provide washers when bolting at both head and nut. When nailing plywood, comply with recommendations of the American Plywood Association. 4 Set carpentry work accurately to required levels, with members plumb and true and accurately cut and fitted. 5 Provide necessary blocking, grounds, and nailers where required by other trades for the secure installation of their work. Provide blocking in walls for accessories. Verify with Architect the locations of all blocking. 6 Install anchors where required to anchor carpentry to masonry. Install anchors for door frames. END OF SECTION DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 1 SECTION 064023 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wood trim, where required. 1. Wood cabinets. 2. Closet and utility shelving. 3. Shop finishing of interior woodwork. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips required for installing woodwork and concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 2. Division 06 Section "Finish Carpentry" for interior carpentry exposed to view that is not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing woodwork items unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation.." 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated including cabinet hardware and accessories , and finishing materials and processes B. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 1. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections. 2. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, faucets, soap and other items installed in architectural woodwork DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 2 3. Show veneer leaves with dimensions, grain direction, exposed face, and identification numbers indicating the flitch and sequence within the flitch for each leaf. 4. Show grain direction of multiply bamboo C. Samples for Initial Selection: 1. Shop-applied transparent finishes. 2. Plastic laminates. 3. Concrete and glass materials. 4. Glass materials. 5. Concrete and stone materials. D. Samples for Verification: 1. Lumber with or for transparent finish, not less than 5 inches (125 mm) wide by 24 inches (600 mm) long, for each species and cut, finished on 1 side and 1 edge. 2. Veneer leaves representative of and selected from flitches to be used for transparent- finished woodwork. 3. Veneer-faced panel products with or for transparent finish, [12 by 24 inches (300 by 600 mm)], for each species and cut. Include at least one face-veneer seam and finish as specified. 4. Plastic laminates, 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm), for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish[, with 1 sample applied to core material] [and specified edge material applied to 1 edge]. 5. Bamboo ply products: Bamboo ply products 8 x10 inches (200 x 250 mm), for each type, color and pattern showing finished edge. 6. Concrete and glass materials, 6 inches (150 mm) square 7. Glass counter materials, 6 inches (150 mm) square 8. Concrete and stone materials, 6 inches (150 mm) square 9. Corner pieces as follows: a. Cabinet-front frame joints between stiles and rails, as well as exposed end pieces, 18 inches (450 mm) high by 18 inches (450 mm) wide by 6 inches (150 mm) deep. b. Miter joints for standing trim. 10. Exposed cabinet hardware and accessories, one unit for each type and finish. E. Product Certificates: For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer. F. Woodwork Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Program certificates G. Qualification Data: For Installer and fabricator. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom-fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in- service performance. Shop is a certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program . DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 3 B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products and/or Certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program . C. Source Limitations: Engage a qualified woodworking firm to assume undivided responsibility for production of interior architectural woodwork with sequence-matched wood veneers and wood doors with face veneers that are sequence matched with woodwork and transparent-finished wood doors that are required to be of same species as woodwork. D. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. 1. Provide AWI Quality Certification Program labels and certificates indicating that woodwork,( including installation), complies with requirements of grades specified. E. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where fire-retardant materials or products are indicated, provide materials and products with specified fire-test-response characteristics as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by UL, ITS, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency in the form of separable paper label or, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, imprint on surfaces of materials that will be concealed from view after installation. F. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Project Conditions" Article. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F (16 and 32 deg C) and relative humidity between 43 and 70 percent during the remainder of the construction period. C. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 4 Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Locate concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support woodwork by field measurements before being enclosed, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 2. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating woodwork without field measurements. Provide allowance for trimming at site, and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. B. Hardware Coordination: Distribute copies of approved hardware schedule specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware (Scheduled by Describing Products)" to fabricator of architectural woodwork; coordinate Shop Drawings and fabrication with hardware requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOODWORK FABRICATORS A. Available Fabricators: Subject to compliance with requirements, fabricators offering interior architectural woodwork that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Bertch Cabinets 2) Executive Kitchens 3) CKS 4) Ultracraft 5) Cleora Sterling 6) Aventine 7) MarKraft Cabinets 2.2 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of AWI's quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wood Species and Cut for Transparent Finish: American Cherry, plain sawn, Maple, plain sawn, Bamboo 3 ply C. Wood Species for Opaque Finish: Any closed-grain hardwood, Eastern white pine D. Wood Products: Comply with the following: DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 5 1. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD, made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde with post consumer recycled content 2. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1[, Medium Density Overlay]. 3. Veneer-Faced Panel Products (Hardwood Plywood): HPVA HP-1, made with adhesive containing no urea formaldehyde E. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated : 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high-pressure decorative laminates by one of the following: a. Abet Laminati, Inc. b. Formica Corporation. c. Lamin-Art, Inc. d. Nevamar Company, LLC; Decorative Products Div. e. Wilsonart International; Div. of Premark International, Inc. E. Concrete and Glass materials (description) 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Meld USA b. Icestone 2. Type: Standard type unless Special Purpose type is indicated. 3. Colors and Patterns: Match Interior Designers samples or As selected by ID from manufacturer's full range I. Resin for Cabinet Doors: matte finish J. CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES F. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets, except for items specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware (Scheduled by Describing Products)." G. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): BHMA A156.9, B01602, 135 degreess of opening, self-closing. H. Back-Mounted Pulls: BHMA A156.9, B02011. I. Pulls: Back mounted, solid metal as chosen by I.D.- as per allowance for cabinet hardware J. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports in pantries K. Shelf Rests: BHMA A156.9, B04013; metal, L. Drawer Slides: BHMA A156.9, B05091. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 6 1. Standard Duty (Grade 1, Grade 2, and Grade 3): Side mounted and extending under bottom edge of drawer; full-extension type; zinc-plated steel or epoxy-coated steel with polymer rollers. 2. Heavy Duty (Grade 1HD-100 and Grade 1HD-200): Side mounted; full-extension type; zinc-plated steel ball-bearing slides. 3. File Drawer Slides: Grade 1HD-100 ; for drawers more than 6 inches (150 mm) high or 24 inches (600 mm) wide. 4. Pencil Drawer Slides: or Grade 1 for drawers not more than 3 inches (75 mm) high and 24 inches (600 mm) wide. 5. Keyboard Slides: Grade 1; for computer keyboard shelves. 6. Trash Bin Slides: Grade 1HD-200; for trash bins not more than 20 inches (500 mm) high and 16 inches (400 mm) wide. M. Aluminum Slides for Sliding Glass Doors: BHMA A156.9, B07063. N. Door Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07121. O. Drawer Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07041. P. Grommets for Cable Passage through Countertops: 1-1/4-inch (32-mm) or 2-inch (51-mm) OD, black or white, molded-plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "OG or SG series" by Doug Mockett & Company, Inc. Q. Paper Slots: [17 inches (432 mm) long by 1-3/4 inches (45 mm) wide by 1 inch (25 mm) deep; black, molded-plastic, paper-slot liner with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) lip. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide CP-1" by Doug Mockett & Company, Inc. R. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated.. 1. Dark, Oxidized, Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed: BHMA 613 for bronze base; BHMA 640 for steel base; match Architect's sample. 2. Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 652 for steel base. 3. Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630. S. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements in BHMA A156.9. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Fire-retardant-treated softwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 7 walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed-steel or lead expansion sleeves for drilled-in-place anchors. C. Adhesives, General: Do not use adhesives that contain urea formaldehyde. D. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives and Glues: Use installation adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Wood Glues: 30 g/L. 2. Contact Adhesive: 250 g/L. E. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: woodworkers option 3. Adhesive for Bonding Edges: Hot-melt adhesive 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Interior Woodwork Grade: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Premium-grade interior woodwork complying with referenced quality standard. B. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture content in relation to ambient relative humidity during fabrication and in installation areas. C. Sand fire-retardant-treated wood lightly to remove raised grain on exposed surfaces before fabrication. D. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: 1. Corners of Cabinets and Edges of Solid-Wood (Lumber) Members and Rails: 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). E. Complete fabrication, including assembly finishing, and hardware application, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. Notify ID seven days in advance of the dates and times woodwork fabrication will be complete. F. Shop-cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 1. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. G. Install glass to comply with applicable requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing" and in GANA's "Glazing Manual." For glass in wood frames, secure glass with removable stops. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 8 2.5 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH. A. Grade: Premium B. Wood Species and Cut: Chestnut Oak, quartersawn white oak 1. Provide split species on trim that faces areas with different wood species, matching each face of woodwork to species and cut of finish wood surfaces in areas finished. C. For trim items wider than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not glue for width. D. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work. 2.6 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM , FRAMES AND JAMBS FOR OPAQUE FINISH A. Grade: Premium. B. Wood Species: Any closed-grain hardwood C. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work. 2.7 WOOD CABINETS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Grade: Premium B. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay C. Wood Species and Cut for Exposed Surfaces: As indicated in Interior Cabinetry Details and Lobby Casework Details 1. Grain Direction: As indicated in Interior Cabinetry Details and Lobby Details 2. Matching of Veneer Leaves: Book 3. Veneer Matching within Room: Provide cabinet veneers in each room or other space from a single flitch with doors, drawer fronts, and other surfaces matched in a sequenced set with continuous match where veneers are interrupted perpendicular D. Semiexposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below: 1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: See Interior Cabinetry Details 2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Metabox or equal- see Interior Cabinetry Details 3. Drawer Bottoms: [Hardwood plywood] . E. Semiexposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below: DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 9 2.8 PLASTIC-LAMINATE CABINETS A. Grade: Economy B. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay C. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements: 1. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: Grade HGS 2. Postformed Surfaces: Grade HGP. 3. Vertical Surfaces: Grade HGS . 4. Edges: Grade VGS D. Materials for Semiexposed Surfaces: 1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: woodworkers option a. Edges of Plastic-Laminate Shelves: [VC tape, 0.018-inch (0.460-mm) minimum thickness matching laminate in color, b. For semiexposed backs of panels with exposed plastic-laminate surfaces, provide surface of high-pressure decorative laminate, Grade VGS 2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Metabox or equal. 3. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood Plywood E. Concealed Backs of Panels with Exposed Plastic Laminate Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate, Grade BKL. F. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 1. Match ID sample. or 2. As selected by ID from laminate manufacturer's full range in the following categories: a. Solid colors, matte finish. b. Patterns, matte finish. 2.9 PLASTIC-LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS A. Grade: Economy B. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate Grade: HGS. C. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirem 1. Match Architect's sample. 2. As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range in the following categories: a. Solid colors, matte finish. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 10 b. Patterns, matte finish. D. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces E. Core Material: Particleboard or medium-density fiberboard F. Core Material at Sinks: Medium-density fiberboard made with exterior glue G. Backer Sheet: Provide plastic-laminate backer sheet, Grade BKL, on underside of countertop substrate. H. Paper Backing: Provide paper backing on underside of countertop substrate. 2.10 CLOSET SHELVING A. Closet shelving shall be open wire shelving, maximum 1” X 1” weave. Basis of design is Closet Maid shelving, S&R closet shelving. B. Shelves shall be 16” deep, longest width to fit each closet completely. Standard widths to include 4’, 6’, 8’ and 12’. 1. Shelves to me vinyl coated white. 2. Include end caps for all exposed wire ends. 3. Shelves to be steel, 90% minimum recycled material content. C. Hardware: Provide hardware as specified by manufacturer for maximum load requirements. 1. Use 12” support brackets at 3’ O.C. maximum. Use expansion anchors for attaching brackets to wall. 2. Use wall clips at 1’ O.C. maximum. D. Scope: 1. Provide one shelf at 6’ aff of this specified shelving at closets in rooms: 114, 120.1, 120, above washers and dryers in room 211. 2.11 SHOP FINISHING A. Grade: Provide finishes of same grades as items to be finished. B. General: Shop finish transparent-finished interior architectural woodwork at fabrication shop as specified in this Section. Refer to Division 09 painting Sections for finishing opaque-finished architectural woodwork. C. Shop Priming: Shop apply the prime coat including backpriming, if any, for[ transparent-finished] items specified to be field finished. Refer to Division 09 painting Sections for material and application requirements. D. Preparation for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 11 1. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats to back of paneling and to end-grain surfaces. Concealed surfaces of plastic-laminate-clad woodwork do not require backpriming when surfaced with plastic laminate, backing paper. E. Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Premium 2. AWI Finish System: Synthetic penetrating oil.. 3. AWI Finish System: Conversion varnish. 4. Open Finish for Open-Grain Woods: Do not apply filler to open-grain woods. Sheen: Satin, 31-45 gloss units measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D 523. F. Opaque Finish: 1. Grade: Premium 2. AWI Finish System: Conversion varnish. 3. Color: Match ID sample or As selected by ID from manufacturer's full range. 4. Satin, 31-45 gloss units measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D 523. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. B. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Grade: Install woodwork to comply with requirements for the same grade specified in Part 2 for fabrication of type of woodwork involved. B. Assemble woodwork and complete fabrication at Project site to comply with requirements for fabrication in Part 2, to extent that it was not completed in the shop. C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm). D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts E. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood: Handle, store, and install fire-retardant-treated wood to comply with chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions, including those for adhesives used to install woodwork. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 12 F. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails[ or finishing screws] for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated. G. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less than 72 inches long, except where shorter single-length pieces are necessary. Scarf running joints and stagger in adjacent and related members. 1. Fill gaps, if any, between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler, sand smooth, and finish same as wood base if finished. 2. Install wall railings on indicated metal brackets securely fastened to wall framing. 3. Install standing and running trim with no more variation from a straight line than 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm). H. Paneling: Anchor paneling to supporting substrate with concealed panel-hanger clips splined connection strips. Do not use face fastening, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install flush paneling with no more than 1/16 inch in 96-inch (1.5 mm in 2400-mm) vertical cup or bow and 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) horizontal variation from a true plane. I. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 1. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 2. Maintain veneer sequence matching of cabinets with transparent finish. 3. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. with No. 10 wafer-head sheet metal screws through metal backing or metal framing behind wall finish or toggle bolts through metal backing or metal framing behind wall finish J. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. Follow manufacturers instructions for concrete and glass, concrete and stone and glass countertops. 1. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 2. Secure backsplashes to walls with adhesive. 3. Calk space between backsplash and wall with sealant specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." K. Touch up finishing work specified in this Section after installation of woodwork. Fill nail holes with matching filler where exposed. L. Refer to Division 09 Sections for final finishing of installed architectural woodwork not indicated to be shop finished. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064023 - 13 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION 064023 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 1 SECTION 072100 - THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Cavity-wall insulation, Type 2 insulation, where required. 2. Sound attenuation insulation, Type 2 insulation. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 06 Section "Sheathing" for board sheathing over framing. 2. Division 07 Section "Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing, Elastomeric Sheet Waterproofing, Thermoplastic Sheet Waterproofing, Cold Fluid-Applied Waterproofing, Hot Fluid-Applied Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing for insulation and insulated drainage panels installed with waterproofing. 3. Division 07 Section[s] Roofing for insulation specified as part of roofing construction. 4. Division 21 Section "Fire-Suppression Systems Insulation." 5. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Insulation." 6. Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation." 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: Insulation composed of rock-wool fibers, slag-wool fibers, or glass fibers; produced in boards and blanket with latter formed into batts (flat-cut lengths) or rolls. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Plenum Rating: Provide glass-fiber insulation where indicated in ceiling plenums whose test performance is rated as follows for use in plenums as determined by testing identical products per "Erosion Test" and "Mold Growth and Humidity Test" described in UL 181, or on comparable tests from another standard acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Erosion Test Results: Insulation shows no visible evidence of cracking, flaking, peeling, or delamination of interior surface of duct assembly, after testing for 4 hours at 2500-fpm (13-m/s) air velocity. 2. Mold Growth and Humidity Test Results: Insulation shows no evidence of mold growth, delamination, or other deterioration due to the effects of high humidity, after inoculation with Chaetomium globosium on all surfaces and storing for 60 days at 100 percent relative humidity in the dark. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 2 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Verification: Full-size units for each type of exposed insulation indicated. C. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency for insulation products. D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For foam-plastic insulation. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of building insulation through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test- response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. 2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119. 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. C. Recycled Content: Provide glass-fiber insulation with recycled content so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of Post consumer recycled content is not less than 60 percent. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. B. Protect plastic insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time. 3. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 GLASS-FIBER BOARD INSULATION 1. Manufacturers: a.. Owens-Corning A. Unfaced, Glass-Fiber Board Insulation: ASTM C 612, Type IA or Types IA and IB; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics; and of the following nominal density and thermal resistivity: . 1. Nominal density of 4.25 lb/cu. ft., thermal resistivity of 4.3 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F . 2.3 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Manufacturers: 1. Owens Corning FibreGlas insulation or equal. B. Unfaced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. C. Where glass-fiber blanket insulation is indicated by the following thicknesses, provide blankets in batt or roll form with thermal resistances indicated: 1. 3-1/2 inches thick with a thermal resistance of 11 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F , 13 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F 2. 3-5/8 inches thick with a thermal resistance of 11 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 4 3. 5-1/2 inches thick with a thermal resistance of 19 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F 6-1/2 inches thick with a thermal resistance of 21 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F [9-1/2 inches, 10 inches , 10-1/4 inches thick with a thermal resistance of 30 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F. 2.7 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS D. Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by insulation manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations. E. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. 2.4 INSULATION FASTENERS A. Adhesively Attached, Spindle-Type Anchors: Plate welded to projecting spindle; capable of holding insulation of thickness indicated securely in position indicated with self-locking washer in place; and complying with the following requirements: 1. Products: a. AGM Industries, Inc.; Series T TACTOO Insul-Hangers. b. Eckel Industries of Canada; Stic-Klip Type N Fasteners. c. Gemco; Spindle Type. 2. Plate: Perforated galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch ,thick by 2 inches square. 3. Spindle: Copper-coated, low carbon steel; fully annealed; 0.105 inch (2.67 mm) in diameter; length to suit depth of insulation indicated. B. Adhesively Attached, Angle-Shaped, Spindle-Type Anchors: Angle welded to projecting spindle; capable of holding insulation of thickness indicated securely in position indicated with self-locking washer in place; and complying with the following requirements: 1. Products: a. Gemco; 90-Degree Insulation Hangers. 2. Angle: Formed from 0.030-inch- thick, perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet with each leg 2 inches square. 3. Spindle: Copper-coated, low carbon steel; fully annealed; 0.105 inch in diameter; length to suit depth of insulation indicated. C. Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick galvanized steel sheet, with beveled edge for increased stiffness, sized as required to hold insulation securely in place, but not less than 1-1/2 inches square or in diameter. 1. Products: DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 5 a. AGM Industries, Inc.; RC150. b. AGM Industries, Inc.; SC150. c. Gemco; Dome-Cap. d. Gemco; R-150. e. Gemco; S-150. 2. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in the following locations: a. Ceiling plenums, b. Underside of horizontal Concrete sections c. Vertical Concrete wall sections d. Where indicated. D. Anchor Adhesive: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation anchors securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, fasteners, and substrates. 1. Products: a. AGM Industries, Inc.; TACTOO Adhesive. b. Eckel Industries of Canada; Stic-Klip Type S Adhesive. c. Gemco; Tuff Bond Hanger Adhesive. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and for other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulation or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or of interfering with insulation attachment. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any time to ice, rain, and snow. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 6 C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Water-Piping Coordination: If water piping is located within insulated exterior walls, coordinate location of piping to ensure that it is placed on warm side of insulation and insulation encapsulates piping. E. For preformed insulating units, provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF CAVITY-WALL INSULATION A. On units of foam-plastic board insulation, install pads of adhesive spaced approximately 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. both ways on inside face, and as recommended by manufacturer. Adhesive must be compatible with the spray fluid air barrier applied to wall sheathing. ( Fit courses of insulation between wall ties and other obstructions, with edges butted tightly in both directions. Press units firmly against inside substrates indicated. 1. Supplement adhesive attachment of insulation by securing boards with two-piece wall ties designed for this purpose and specified in Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry." B. Install units of cellular-glass insulation with closely fitting joints using method indicated: 1. Gob Method: Apply 4 gobs of adhesive per unit and set units firmly against inside wythe of masonry or other construction as shown. Apply gobs at each corner; spread gobs to form pads 4 inches (101 mm) in diameter by 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick. 2. Serrated-Trowel Method: Apply adhesive to entire surface of each cellular-glass insulation unit with serrated trowel complying with insulation manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Coat edges of insulation units with full bed of adhesive to seal joints between insulation and between insulation and adjoining construction. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Seal joints between foam-plastic insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer. C. Install insulation in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 7 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3-inch (76-mm) clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures. 4. Install eave ventilation troughs between roof framing members in insulated attic spaces at vented eaves. 5. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches (2438 mm), support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping flanges of insulation to flanges of metal studs. D. Install board insulation on concrete substrates by adhesively attached, spindle-type insulation anchors as follows: 1. Fasten insulation anchors to concrete substrates with insulation anchor adhesive according to anchor manufacturer's written instructions. Space anchors according to insulation manufacturer's written instructions for insulation type, thickness, and application indicated. 2. Apply insulation standoffs to each spindle to create cavity width indicated between concrete substrate and insulation. 3. After adhesive has dried, install board insulation by pressing insulation into position over spindles and securing it tightly in place with insulation-retaining washers, taking care not to compress insulation below indicated thickness. 4. Where insulation will not be covered by other building materials, apply capped washers to tips of spindles. E. Install board insulation in curtain-wall construction where indicated on Drawings according to curtain-wall manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Retain insulation in place by metal clips and straps or integral pockets within window frames, spaced at intervals recommended in writing by insulation manufacturer to hold insulation securely in place without touching spandrel glass. Maintain cavity width of dimension indicated between insulation and glass. 2. Install insulation where it contacts perimeter fire-containment system to prevent insulation from bowing under pressure from perimeter fire-containment system. 3. For cellulosic-fiber loose-fill insulation, comply with the Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association's Special Report #3, "Standard Practice for Installing Cellulose Insulation." F. Apply self-supported, spray-applied cellulosic insulation according to manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply insulation until installation of pipes, ducts, conduits, wiring, and electrical outlets in walls is completed and windows, electrical boxes, and other items not indicated to receive insulation are masked. After insulation is applied, make it flush with face of studs by using method recommended by insulation manufacturer. G. Stuff glass-fiber loose-fill insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where shown. Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. m). DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 8 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. 3.7 INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Full thickness and as noted on drawings. B. Sound attenuating insulation to be applied at and in all new walls. C. Sound attenuating insulation to be loose laid at all ceilings above offices where practicable. D. Full thickness thermal insulation to be inserted at all locations where existing exterior wall cavity is exposed and existing thermal insulation is not present. END OF SECTION 072100 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1 SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Urethane joint sealants. 3. Preformed joint sealants. 4. Acoustical joint sealants. 5. Joint accessories including compressible backer rod and bond breaker tape. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for masonry control and expansion joint fillers and gaskets. 2. Division 07 Section "Expansion Control" for building expansion joints. 3. Division 07 Section "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems" for sealing joints in fire-resistance- rated construction. 4. Division 08 Section "Structural-Sealant-Glazed Curtain Walls" for structural and other glazing sealants. 5. Division 08 Section "Glazing" for glazing sealants. 6. Division 08 Section "Plastic Glazing" for plastic glazing sealants. 7. Division 09 Section "Gypsum Veneer Plastering" for sealing perimeter joints and penetrations. 8. Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board" for sealing perimeter joints. 9. Division 09 Section "Tiling" for sealing tile joints. 10. Division 09 Section Acoustical Tile Ceilings for sealing edge moldings at perimeters with acoustical sealant. 11. Division 09 Section "Chemical-Resistant Brick Flooring" for sealing flooring joints. 12. Division 2 Section "Concrete Paving Joint Sealants" for sealing joints in pavements, walkways, and curbing. 1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint-sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2 1. Use ASTM C 1087 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Submit not fewer than eight pieces of each kind of material, including joint substrates, shims, joint-sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials. 3. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 4. For materials failing tests, obtain joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures including use of specially formulated primers. 5. Testing will not be required if joint-sealant manufacturers submit joint preparation data that are based on previous testing, not older than 24 months, of sealant products for adhesion to, and compatibility with, joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. B. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows: 1. Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Conduct field tests for each application indicated below: a. Each kind of sealant and joint substrate indicated. 3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected. 4. Arrange for tests to take place with joint-sealant manufacturer's technical representative present. a. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. 1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 5. Report whether sealant failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained. 6. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 3 C. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide joints formed between two 6-inch- (150-mm-) long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. D. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint-sealant formulation. 4. Joint-sealant color. E. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. F. Product Certificates: For each kind of joint sealant and accessory, from manufacturer. G. Sealant, Waterproofing, and Restoration Institute (SWRI) Validation Certificate: For each sealant specified to be validated by SWRI's Sealant Validation Program. H. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with requirements. I. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating the following: 1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. J. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing specified in "Preconstruction Testing" Article. K. Field-Adhesion Test Reports: For each sealant application tested. L. Warranties: Sample of special warranties. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each kind of joint sealant from single source from single manufacturer. C. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency. 1. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 4 2. Test according to SWRI's Sealant Validation Program for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920 for adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement, adhesion-in-peel, and indentation hardness. D. Mockups: Install sealant in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive joint sealants specified in this Section. Use materials and installation methods specified in this Section. E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site, Chapel Hill, NC. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint- sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (5 deg C). 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint-sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Twenty years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers for use inside the weatherproofing system that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. C. Liquid-Applied Joint Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied joint sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. 1. Suitability for Immersion in Liquids. Where sealants are indicated for Use I for joints that will be continuously immersed in liquids, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1247. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water, unless otherwise indicated. D. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. E. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600. F. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. Colors generally to match adjacent materials. 2.2 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS. A. Single-Component, Nonsag, Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, for Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; NS Parking Structure Sealant. b. GE Advanced Materials - Silicones; SilPruf LM SCS2700. c. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex Sil 728 NS. d. Pecora Corporation; 311 NS. e. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; SikaSil-C990. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 6 B. Single-Component, Nonsag, Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, for Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. BASF Building Systems; Omniseal 50. b. Dow Corning Corporation; 795. c. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex Sil 295. d. Pecora Corporation; 898. e. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI-641. f. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; SikaSil-C995. g. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 3. C. Single-Component, Nonsag, Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 799. b. May National Associates, Inc.;Bondaflex Sil 201 FC . c. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI-631. d. Schnee-Morehead, Inc.; SM5731 Poly-Glaze Plus. e. Tremco Incorporated; Proglaze SSG or Tremsil 600. D. Multicomponent, Pourable, Traffic-Grade, Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, Class 100/50, for Use T. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; FC Parking Structure Sealant. b. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex Sil 728 RCS. E. Mildew-Resistant, Single-Component, Nonsag, Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Pecora Corporation; 898. F. Mildew-Resistant, Single-Component, Acid-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. BASF Building Systems; Omniplus. b. Dow Corning Corporation; 786 Mildew Resistant. c. GE Advanced Materials - Silicones; Sanitary SCS1700. d. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex Sil 100 WF. e. Tremco Incorporated; Tremsil 200 Sanitary. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 7 2.3 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Single-Component, Nonsag, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, for Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; Sikaflex - 15LM. b. Tremco Incorporated; Dymonic FC. B. Single-Component, Nonsag, Traffic-Grade, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920. Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use T. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. BASF Building Systems; Sonolastic Ultra. b. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex PUR 40 FC. c. Pacific Polymers International, Inc.; Elasto-Thane 230 Type II. d. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; Sikaflex - 1a. e. Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 116. C. Single-Component, Pourable, Traffic-Grade, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, for Use T. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. BASF Building Systems; Sonolastic SL 1. b. Bostik, Inc.; Chem-Calk 950. c. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex PUR 35 SL. d. Pecora Corporation; Urexpan NR-201. e. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; Flexiprene 952. f. Schnee-Morehead, Inc.; Permathane SM7101. g. Sika Corporation. Construction Products Division; Sikaflex - 1CSL. h. Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 45. D. Immersible, Single-Component, Nonsag, Traffic-Grade, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Uses T and I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. BASF Building Systems; Sonolastic NP1. b. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; Sikaflex - 1a. c. Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 116. E. Immersible, Single-Component, Pourable, Traffic-Grade, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, for Uses T and I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 8 a. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; Sikaflex - 1CSL. b. Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 45. F. Immersible Multicomponent, Nonsag, Traffic-Grade, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, for Uses T and I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. BASF Building Systems; Sonolastic NP 2. b. LymTal International, Inc.; Iso-Flex 885 SG. c. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex PUR 2 NS. d. Pecora Corporation; Dynatred. e. Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 227. G. Immersible Multicomponent, Pourable, Traffic-Grade, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920. Type M, Grade P, Class 25, for Use T and I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. LymTal International, Inc.; Iso-Flex 880 GB. b. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex PUR 2 SL. c. Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 245. 2.4 PREFORMED JOINT SEALANTS A. Preformed Silicone Joint Sealants: Manufacturer's standard sealant consisting of precured low- modulus silicone extrusion, in sizes to fit joint widths indicated, combined with a neutral-curing silicone sealant for bonding extrusions to substrates. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 123 Silicone Seal. b. GE Advanced Materials - Silicones; UltraSpan US1100. c. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex Silbridge 300. d. Pecora Corporation; Sil-Span. e. Sealex, Inc.; ImmerBond. B. Preformed Foam Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard preformed, precompressed, open-cell foam sealant manufactured from urethane foam with minimum density of 10 lb/cu. ft. (160 kg/cu. m) and impregnated with a nondrying, water-repellent agent. Factory produce in precompressed sizes in roll or stick form to fit joint widths indicated; coated on one side with a pressure-sensitive adhesive and covered with protective wrapping. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dayton Superior Specialty Chemicals; Polytite Standard. b. EMSEAL Joint Systems, Ltd.; Emseal 25V. c. Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc.; Polyseal. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 9 2.5 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS A. Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Pecora Corporation, AIS 919 b. USG Corporation: Sheetrock Acoustic Sealant. B. ACOUSTIC SEALANT 1. Acoustic Sealant for application at top and bottom tracks of all demising and corridor walls. 2. Acoustic Sealant shall be non-skimming, non-hardening, permanently flexible sealant specifically designed for sealing gypsum wallboard systems. Sealant shall be capable of spanning ½” wide gaps by 3/8” deep gaps. 3. Products: a. Presstite products No. 579.64 Acoustic Sealant. b. W.W.Henry “Sound Control Sealant” No 313B. 2.6 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings (Backer Rod): ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin), Type O (open-cell material), Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin) or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 10 C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint- sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. d. Exterior insulation and finish systems. e. Stone veneer 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. b. Glass. c. Porcelain enamel. d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint- sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 11 C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer wit h adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints and where shown on the drawings. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint profile where indicated per Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193. 5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated per Figure 8C in ASTM C 1193. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. G. Installation of Preformed Silicone-Sealant System: Comply with the following requirements: DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 12 1. Apply masking tape to each side of joint, outside of area to be covered by sealant system. 2. Apply silicone sealant to each side of joint to produce a bead of size complying with preformed silicone-sealant system manufacturer's written instructions and covering a bonding area of not less than 3/8 inch (10 mm). Hold edge of sealant bead 1/4 inch (6 mm) inside masking tape. 3. Within 10 minutes of sealant application, press silicone extrusion into sealant to wet extrusion and substrate. Use a roller to apply consistent pressure and ensure uniform contact between sealant and both extrusion and substrate. 4. Complete installation of sealant system in horizontal joints before installing in vertical joints. Lap vertical joints over horizontal joints. At ends of joints, cut silicone extrusion with a razor knife. H. Installation of Preformed Foam Sealants: Install each length of sealant immediately after removing protective wrapping. Do not pull or stretch material. Produce seal continuity at ends, turns, and intersections of joints. For applications at low ambient temperatures, apply heat to sealant in compliance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions. I. Acoustical Sealant Installation: At sound-rated assemblies and elsewhere as indicated, seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet (300 m) of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. b. Perform 1 test for each 1000 feet (300 m) of joint length thereafter or 1 test per each floor per elevation. 2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 3. Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. b. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. c. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 13 of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion passes sealant manufacturer's field-adhesion hand-pull test criteria. 4. Record test results in a field-adhesion-test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant fill, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. 5. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.7 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control and expansion joints in brick pavers. b. Isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. c. Joints between plant-precast architectural concrete paving units. d. Joints in stone paving units, including steps. e. Tile control and expansion joints. f. Joints between different materials listed above. g. Other joints as indicated or shown on the drawings or as required for a complete water repelling building skin. 2. Urethane Joint Sealant: Single component, nonsag, traffic grade 3. Preformed Joint Sealant: Preformed foam sealant.. 4. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 14 B. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces subject to water immersion. 1. Joint Locations: a. Joints in pedestrian plazas. 2. Urethane Joint Sealant: Immersible, single component, nonsag, traffic grade . 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. C. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Construction joints in cast-in-place concrete. b. Joints between plant-precast architectural concrete units. c. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. d. Joints in dimension stone cladding. e. Joints in glass unit masonry assemblies. f. Joints in exterior insulation and finish systems. g. Joints between metal panels. h. Joints between different materials listed above. i. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors, windows and louvers. j. Control and expansion joints in ceilings and other overhead surfaces. k. Other joints as indicated or shown on the drawings or as required for a complete water repelling building skin. 2. Silicone Joint Sealant: Single component, nonsag, neutral curing, Class 100/50 3. Preformed Joint Sealant: Preformed foam.. 4. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. D. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in horizontal traffic surface. 1. Joint Locations: a. Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. b. Control and expansion joints in stone flooring. c. Control and expansion joints in brick flooring. d. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring. e. Other joints as indicated. 2. Urethane Joint Sealant: Single component, nonsag, traffic grade. 3. Preformed Joint Sealant: Preformed foam. 4. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of color. E. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 15 b. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. c. Tile control and expansion joints. d. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry, concrete walls and partitions. e. Joints on underside of plant-precast structural concrete [beams] [and] [planks]. f. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors windows and elevator entrances. g. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone based. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. F. Joint-Sealant Application: Mildew-resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Sealant Location: a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. b. Expansion joints where required. c. Other joints as indicated. d. See Tile and Stone flooring for sealants at those locations. 2. Joint Sealant: Mildew resistant, single component, nonsag, neutral curing, Silicone. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. G. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior acoustical joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Location: a. Acoustical joints where indicated. b. Bottom and top metal stud track locations at all demising, corridor and exterior wall locations c. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Acoustical. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. END OF SECTION 079200 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 1 SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Standard metal door frames, B. Related Sections: 1. Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for embedding anchors for hollow metal work into masonry construction. 2. Division 08 Section "Stainless-Steel Doors and Frames" for hollow metal doors and frames manufactured from stainless steel. 3. Division 08 Section "Detention Doors and Frames" for hollow metal doors and frames for detention facilities. 4. Division 08 Section "Sound Control Door Assemblies" for packaged, acoustical hollow metal door and frame assemblies with STC ratings of 35 or more. 5. Division 08 Section "Door Hardware"] ["Door Hardware (Scheduled by Describing Products)"] for door hardware for hollow metal doors. 6. Division 09 Sections "Exterior Painting" and "Interior Painting" for field painting hollow metal doors and frames. 7. Division 13 Section "Radiation Protection" for lead-lined, hollow metal doors and frames. 8. Division 26 Sections for electrical connections including conduit and wiring for door controls and operators. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings. B. Standard Hollow Metal Work: Hollow metal work fabricated according to ANSI/SDI A250.8. C. Custom Hollow Metal Work: Hollow metal work fabricated according to ANSI/NAAMM- HMMA 861. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, fire-resistance rating, temperature-rise ratings, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. Elevations of each door design. 2. Details of doors, including vertical and horizontal edge details and metal thicknesses. 3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. 4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 5. Details of each different wall opening condition. 6. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections. 7. Details of accessories. 8. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing. 9. Details of conduit and preparations for power, signal, and control systems. C. Other Action Submittals: 1. Schedule: Provide a schedule of hollow metal work prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. Coordinate with door hardware schedule. D. Oversize Construction Certification: For assemblies required to be fire rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies. E. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for each type of hollow metal door and frame assembly. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow metal work from single source from single manufacturer. B. Smoke-Control Door Assemblies: Comply with NFPA 105 or UL 1784. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow metal work palletized, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use non-vented plastic. 1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished units. B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 3 C. Store hollow metal work under cover at Project site. Place in stacks of five units maximum in a vertical position with heads up, spaced by blocking, on minimum 4-inch- (102-mm-) high wood blocking. Do not store in a manner that traps excess humidity. 1. Provide minimum 1/4-inch (6-mm) space between each stacked door to permit air circulation. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabrication. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for hollow metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Amweld Building Products, LLC. 2. Benchmark; a division of Therma-Tru Corporation. 3. Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group company. 4. Curries Company; an Assa Abloy Group company. 5. Deansteel Manufacturing Company, Inc. 6. Firedoor Corporation. 7. Fleming Door Products Ltd.; an Assa Abloy Group company. 8. Habersham Metal Products Company. 9. Karpen Steel Custom Doors & Frames. 10. Kewanee Corporation (The). 11. Mesker Door Inc. 12. Pioneer Industries, Inc. 13. Security Metal Products Corp. 14. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company. 15. Windsor Republic Doors. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum [A40 (ZF120)] [G60 (Z180) or A60 (ZF180)] metallic coating. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 4 B. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), 40Z (12G) coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. C. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M. D. Powder-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow metal frames of type indicated. E. Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches (102 mm), as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. F. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool with 6- to 12-lb/cu. ft. (96- to 192-kg/cu. m) density; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-development indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. G. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing." H. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. 2.3 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile. B. Exterior Frames: Fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. 2. Fabricate frames as full profile welded unless otherwise indicated. 3. Frames for Level 2 Steel Doors: 0.053-inch- (1.3-mm-) thick steel sheet. 4. Frames for Level 3 Steel Doors: 0.053-inch- (1.3-mm-) thick steel sheet. C. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet unless metallic-coated sheet is indicated. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. 2. Fabricate frames as knocked down in parking deck levels; full profile welded at all other areas. 3. Fabricate knocked-down, drywall slip-on frames for in-place gypsum board partitions.. 4. Frames for Level 2 Steel Doors: 0.053-inch- (1.3-mm-) thick steel sheet. 5. Frames for Level 3 Steel Doors: 0.053-inch- (1.3-mm-) thick steel sheet. 6. Frames for Wood Doors: [0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-)] [0.053-inch- (1.3-mm-)] [0.067-inch- (1.7-mm-)] thick steel sheet. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 5 7. Frames for Borrowed Lights: [0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-) thick steel sheet] [0.053-inch- (1.3- mm-) thick steel sheet] [0.067-inch- (1.7-mm-) thick steel sheet] [Same as adjacent door frame]. D. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcement plates from same material as frames. 2.4 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches (50 mm) wide by 10 inches (250 mm) long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch (4.5 mm) thick. 2. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick. 3. Compression Type for Drywall Slip-on Frames: Adjustable compression anchors. 4. Postinstalled Expansion Type for In-Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/8-inch- (9.5-mm-) diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location. B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick, and as follows: 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners. 2. Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable-type anchors with extension clips, allowing not less than 2-inch (50-mm) height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at finish floor surface. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate hollow metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment. B. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in ANSI/NAAMM- HMMA 861. C. Hollow Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible. 2. Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 6 3. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 4. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted. 5. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor. 6. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c. and as follows: 1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches (1524 mm) high. 2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 mm) high. 3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches (2286 to 3048 mm) high. 4) Four anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches (610 mm) or fraction thereof above 120 inches (3048 mm) high. b. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c. and as follows: 1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches (1524 mm) high. 2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 mm) high. 3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches (2286 to 2438 mm) high. 4) Five anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches (610 mm) or fraction thereof above 96 inches (2438 mm) high. 5) Two anchors per head for frames above 42 inches (1066 mm) wide and mounted in metal-stud partitions. c. Compression Type: Not less than two anchors in each jamb. d. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches (152 mm) from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches (660 mm) o.c. 7. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped doors, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction. a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers. D. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, edge channels, and hardware reinforcement from either cold- or hot-rolled steel sheet. E. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." 1. Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/NAAMM- HMMA 861. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 7 2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised and surface-mounted door hardware. 3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI A115 Series specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware. 4. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with Division 26 Sections. F. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints. 1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollow metal work. 2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that each glazed lite is capable of being removed independently. 3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. 4. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow metal work. 5. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of glazing and type of installation indicated. 2.6 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations before frame installation. C. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 8 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. B. Prior to installation, adjust and securely brace welded hollow metal frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumbness to the following tolerances: 1. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. 2. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. 3. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. 4. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a perpendicular line from head to floor. C. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install hollow metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place; comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hollow Metal Frames: Install hollow metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with [ANSI/SDI A250.11] [HMMA 840]. 1. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. At fire-protection-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. c. Install frames with removable glazing stops located on secure side of opening. d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured. f. Check plumbness, squareness, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. g. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that are filled with grout containing antifreezing agents. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 9 a. Floor anchors may be set with powder-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation behind frames. 4. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout. 5. Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with grout. Take precautions, including bracing frames, to ensure that frames are not deformed or damaged by grout forces. 6. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. 7. In-Place Gypsum Board Partitions: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors through floor anchors at each jamb. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. 8. Ceiling Struts: Extend struts vertically from top of frame at each jamb to overhead structural supports or substrates above frame unless frame is anchored to masonry or to other structural support at each jamb. Bend top of struts to provide flush contact for securing to supporting construction. Provide adjustable wedged or bolted anchorage to frame jamb members. 9. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs at floor. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow metal work immediately after installation. C. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer. D. Metallic-Coated Surfaces: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 081113 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC WOOD DOORS 081416 - 1 SECTION 081416 - WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Factory finished flush wood doors. 2. Factory fitting flush wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware. B. Related Sections: 1.See Section 08 Hollow Metal Door Frames for door frames. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door indicated. Include details of core and edge construction, louvers, and trim for openings. Include factory-finishing specifications. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of hardware blocking; and other pertinent data. 1. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 2. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts. 3. Indicate requirements for veneer matching. 4. Indicate doors to be factory finished and finish requirements. 5. Indicate fire-protection ratings for fire-rated doors. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For factory-finished doors. D. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body. B. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors from single manufacturer. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC WOOD DOORS 081416 - 2 C. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated." 1. Provide AWI Quality Certification Labels or an AWI letter of licensing for Project indicating that doors comply with requirements of grades specified. 2. Provide WI-Certified Compliance Certificate indicating that doors comply with requirements of grades specified. 3. Provide WI-Certified Compliance Certificate for installation. D. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at [positive pressure according to NFPA 252. 1. Oversize Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: For units exceeding sizes of tested assemblies, provide certification by a qualified testing agency that doors comply with standard construction requirements for tested and labeled fire-rated door assemblies except for size. 2. Temperature-Rise Limit: At vertical exit enclosures and exit passageways, provide doors that have a maximum transmitted temperature end point of not more than 450 deg F (250 deg C) above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire-test exposure. E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Chapel Hill, NC. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Package doors individually in cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting. C. Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F and relative humidity between 25 and 55 percent during the remainder of the construction period. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC WOOD DOORS 081416 - 3 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in a 42-by-84-inch (1067-by-2134-mm) section. b. Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch (0.25 mm in a 76.2-mm) span. 2. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors. 3. Warranty Period for Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by Simpson Door Company or approved equal. B. Manufacturers listed are representative only; many others make flush wood doors. See WDMA's and AWI's Web sites for listings of door manufacturers. Retain only manufacturers offering doors complying with requirements selected for each type used, and add other manufacturers offering suitable products. See Evaluations and manufacturers' catalogs. 1. Simpson Door Company 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. Low-Emitting Materials: Provide doors made with adhesives and composite wood products that do not contain urea formaldehyde. B. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Extra Heavy Duty. 1. Provide doors with either glued-wood-stave or structural-composite-lumber cores instead of particleboard cores for doors indicated to receive exit devices. C. Structural-Composite-Lumber-Core Doors: 1. Structural Composite Lumber: WDMA I.S.10. a. Screw Withdrawal, Face: 700 lbf (3100 N). b. Screw Withdrawal, Edge: 400 lbf (1780 N). D. Fire-Protection-Rated Doors: Provide core specified or mineral core as needed to provide fire- protection rating indicated. 1. Edge Construction: Provide edge construction with intumescent seals concealed by outer stile. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges. a. ). DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC WOOD DOORS 081416 - 4 E. Mineral-Core Doors: 1. Core: Noncombustible mineral product complying with requirements of referenced quality standard and testing and inspecting agency for fire-protection rating indicated. 2. Blocking: Provide composite blocking with improved screw-holding capability approved for use in doors of fire-protection ratings indicated as needed to eliminate through- bolting hardware. 3. Edge Construction: At hinge stiles, provide laminated-edge construction with improved screw-holding capability and split resistance. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges. 2.3 VENEERED-FACED DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Interior Solid-Core Doors: A & B type doors as scheduled. 1. Grade: Premium, with Grade A faces. 2. Species: Select white birch 3. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Center-balance match. 4. Construction: Seven plies, either bonded or nonbonded construction. 5. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Standard Duty. B. Wood Beads for Light Openings in Wood Doors: Provide manufacturer's standard wood beads as follows unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood Species: Same species as door faces. 2. Profile: Flush rectangular beads. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors. B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI A115-W series standards, and hardware templates. 1. Coordinate with hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. 2. Metal Astragals: Factory machine astragals and formed-steel edges for hardware for pairs of fire-rated doors. C. Transom and Side Panels: Fabricate matching panels with same construction, exposed surfaces, and finish as specified for associated doors. Finish bottom edges of transoms and top edges of rabbeted doors same as door stiles. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC WOOD DOORS 081416 - 5 1. Fabricate door and transom panels with full-width, solid-lumber[, rabbeted,] meeting rails. Provide factory-installed spring bolts for concealed attachment into jambs of metal door frames. D. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors in factory. 1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. 2. Glazing: Factory install tempered frosted glazing in door indicated as glazed. 3. Louvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings. 2.5 FACTORY FINISHING A. General: Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Complete fabrication, including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied, before finishing. 1. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. Stains and fillers may be omitted on edges of cutouts, and mortises. B. Finish doors at factory. C. Finish doors at factory that are indicated to receive transparent finish. Field finish doors indicated to receive opaque finish. D. Finish doors at factory where indicated in schedules or on Drawings as factory finished. E. Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Custom. 2. Finish: catalyzed polyurethane system. 3. Finish: TR-6 catalyzed polyurethane. 4. Staining: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 5. Effect: Open-grain finish. 6. Sheen: Satin. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors. 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC WOOD DOORS 081416 - 6 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." B. Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and the referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 1. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80. C. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire- rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal edges of doors, edges of cutouts, and mortises after fitting and machining. 1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering unless otherwise indicated. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1 inch (6.4 mm) from bottom of door to top of threshold unless otherwise indicated. 2. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3-1/2 degrees) at lock and hinge edges. . D. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. E. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or that do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION 081416 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 1 SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Commercial door hardware for the following: a. Swinging doors. b. Non-fire-rated folding doors. c. Doors to the exterior. d. Other doors to the extent indicated. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" for astragals provided as part of fire-rated labeled assemblies and door silencers. 2. See Door Hardware Allowance. 1.3 DOOR HARDWARE ALLOWANCE A. Door Hardware Selection: Furnish door hardware selected by Architect, in quantities specified in this Section and in Division 01 Section "Allowances." B. Allowance Bidding: After Architect selects door hardware and issues the door hardware sets, request bids for products and materials. C. Allowance Award: Architect will select bid from bids furnished by Contractor. Award purchase order to bidder selected. D. Allowance Adjustment: A Change Order will be issued to adjust difference between door hardware allowance and selected bid from door hardware Installer. E. Installation: General types and approximate quantities of door hardware are indicated in the list of door hardware sets to provide a basis for the cost of installation and other Work that is part of the Contract Sum but not included in door hardware allowance. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction and installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each finish, color, and texture required for each type of door hardware indicated. C. Samples for Verification: Submit minimum 2-by-4-inch (51-by-102-mm) plate Samples of each type of finish required, except primed finish. D. Samples for Verification: For exposed door hardware of each type, in specified finish, full size. Tag with full description for coordination with the door hardware sets. Submit Samples before, or concurrent with, submission of the final door hardware sets. 1. Samples will be returned to Contractor. Units that are acceptable and remain undamaged through submittal, review, and field comparison process may, after final check of operation, be incorporated into the Work, within limitations of keying requirements. E. Qualification Data: For installer. F. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for locks, latches, delayed-egress locks, and closers. G. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals. Include final hardware and keying schedule. H. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. I. Other Action Submittals: 1. Door Hardware Sets: Prepared by or under the supervision of Architectural Hardware Consultant, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final door hardware sets with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. a. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." Double space entries, and number and date each page. b. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door numbers as in the Contract Documents. c. Content: Include the following information: 1) Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, and material of each door and frame. 2) Type, style, function, size, quantity, and finish of each door hardware item. Include description and function of each lockset and exit device. 3) Complete designations of every item required for each door or opening including name and manufacturer. 4) Fastenings and other pertinent information. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 3 5) Location of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. 6) Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. 7) Mounting locations for door hardware. 8) Door and frame sizes and materials. 9) Description of each electrified door hardware function, including location, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems. a) Sequence of Operation: Include description of component functions that occur in the following situations: authorized person wants to enter; authorized person wants to exit; unauthorized person wants to enter; unauthorized person wants to exit. 10) List of related door devices specified in other Sections for each door and frame. d. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final door hardware sets at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the door hardware sets must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the door hardware sets. e. Submittal Sequence: Submit initial draft of final schedule along with essential Product Data to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in Project construction schedule. Submit the final door hardware sets after Samples, Product Data, coordination with Shop Drawings of other work, delivery schedules, and similar information has been completed and accepted. 2. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Architectural Hardware Consultant, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by lock manufacturer. 1. Installer's responsibilities include supplying and installing door hardware and providing a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. 2. Installer shall have warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity. 3. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. 4. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for electrified door hardware, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. B. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified by DHI as an Architectural Hardware Consultant and who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. C. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." In addition to Owner, Construction Manager, DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 4 Contractor, and Architect, conference participants shall also include Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant and Owner's security consultant. Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security required, and plans for future expansion. 2. Preliminary key system schematic diagram. 3. Requirements for key control system. 4. Address for delivery of keys. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to Project site. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final door hardware sets, and include basic installation instructions, templates, and necessary fasteners with each item or package. C. Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system for subsequent delivery to Owner. D. Deliver keys and permanent cores to Owner by registered mail or overnight package service. 1. Name and address of Owner's representative to be determined. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Templates: Distribute door hardware templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. B. Electrical System Roughing-in: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door hardware with connections to power supplies, fire alarm system and detection devices, access control system, security system, building control system. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. b. Faulty operation of operators and door hardware. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering and use. 2. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion, except as follows: DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 5 a. Exit Devices: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Manual Closers: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. B. Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide twelve months' full maintenance by skilled employees of door hardware Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door hardware operation. Provide parts and supplies same as those used in the manufacture and installation of original products. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section and door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule. 1. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and named manufacturers' products or equal as approved by the Architect. 2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated. B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows: 1. Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Sets" Article. 2. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards and requirements for description, quality, and function. C. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 6 2.2 HINGES, GENERAL A. Quantity: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to 60 inches (1524 mm). 2. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches (1549 to 2286 mm). 3. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches (2311 to 3048 mm). 4. For doors with heights more than 120 inches (3048 mm), provide 4 hinges, plus 1 hinge for every 30 inches (750 mm) of door height greater than 120 inches (3048 mm). B. Template Requirements: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template-produced units. C. Hinge Weight: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Interior Doors: Self closing hinges. D. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Interior Hinges: Steel, with steel pin. E. Hinge Options: Where indicated in door hardware sets or on Drawings: 1. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; as indicated in hardware sets. 2. Corners: Square. F. Fasteners: Comply with the following: 1. Machine Screws: For metal doors and frames. Install into drilled and tapped holes. 2. Wood Screws: For wood doors and frames. 3. Threaded-to-the-Head Wood Screws: For fire-rated wood doors. 4. Screws: Phillips; machine screws (drilled and tapped holes) for metal doors, wood screws for wood doors and frames. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges. 2.3 HINGES A. Butts and Hinges: BHMA A156.1. B. Template Hinge Dimensions: BHMA A156.7. C. Manufacturers: 1. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH). 2. Bommer Industries, Inc. (BI). 3. Hager Companies (HAG). 4. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (MCK). 5. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH). 6. Others specifically named on Hardware Schedule. 2.4 SPRING HINGES A. Self-Closing Hinges: BHMA A156.17. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 7 B. Manufacturers: 1. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH). 2. Bommer Industries, Inc. (BI). 3. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP). 4. Hager Companies (HAG). 5. Lawrence Brothers, Inc. (LB). 6. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (MCK). 7. PBB, Inc. (PBB). 8. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH). 9. Others specifically named in Hardware Schedule. 2.5 LOCKS AND LATCHES, GENERAL A. Accessibility Requirements: Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)." And ANSI A117.1. 1. Provide lever operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf (22 N). B. Latches and Locks for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Latches shall not require more than 15 lbf (67 N) to release the latch. Locks shall not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. C. Lock Trim: 1. Levers: as scheduled. 2. Escutcheons (Roses): as scheduled. 3. Dummy Trim: Match trim and escutcheons. 4. Lockset Designs: Provide design indicated in hardware sets or, if sets are provided by another manufacturer, provide designs that match those designated. D. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors, and as follows: 1. Bored Locks: Minimum 1/2-inch (13-mm) latchbolt throw. 2. Mortise Locks: Minimum 3/4-inch (19-mm) latchbolt throw. 3. Deadbolts: Minimum 1-inch (25-mm) bolt throw. E. Rabbeted Meeting Doors: Provide special rabbeted front and strike on locksets for rabbeted meeting stiles. F. Backset: 2-3/4 inches (70 mm), unless otherwise indicated. G. Strikes: Manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latchbolt or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, and as follows: 1. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 8 2. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13. 3. Strikes for Interconnected Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.12. 4. Strikes for Auxiliary Deadlocks: BHMA A156.5. 5. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. 6. Extra-Long-Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. 7. Aluminum-Frame Strike Box: Manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for aluminum framing. 2.6 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Lock Functions: Function numbers and descriptions indicated in door hardware sets comply with the following: 1. Bored Locks: BHMA A156.2. 2. Mortise Locks: BHMA A156.13. 3. Interconnected Locks: BHMA A156.12. B. Bored Locks: BHMA A156.2, Grade as scheduled. 1. Manufacturers: a. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ARW). b. Best Access Systems; Div. of The Stanley Works (BAS). c. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP). d. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (CR). e. Falcon Lock; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (FAL). f. Marks USA (MKS). g. Medeco Security Locks, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (MED). h. PDQ Manufacturing (PDQ). i. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (SGT). j. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH). k. Security Door Controls (SDC). l. Weiser Lock; a Masco Company (WEI). m. Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (YAL). n. Others specifically named in Hardware Schedule. 2.7 DOOR BOLTS A. Bolt Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors, and as follows: 1. Half-Round Surface Bolts: Minimum 7/8-inch (22-mm) throw. 2. Interlocking Surface Bolts: Minimum 15/16-inch (24-mm) throw. 3. Fire-Rated Surface Bolts: Minimum 1-inch (25-mm) throw; listed and labeled for fire-rated doors. 4. Dutch-Door Bolts: Minimum 3/4-inch (19-mm) throw. 5. Mortise Flush Bolts: Minimum 3/4-inch (19-mm) throw. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 9 B. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. C. Manual Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.16 , Grade 1 unless Grade 2 is indicated; designed for mortising into door edge. 1. Manufacturers: a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM). b. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM). c. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc. (DJO). d. Door Controls International (DCI). e. Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ). f. Hager Companies (HAG). g. Hiawatha, Inc. (HIA). h. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS). i. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH). j. Trimco (TBM). k. Others specifically named in Hardware Schedule. 2.8 EXIT DEVICES A. Exit Devices: BHMA A156.3, Grade 1 unless Grade 2 is indicated. Listed under Category G in BHMA's "Certified Product Directory." B. Accessibility Requirements: Where handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)." And ANSI A117.1. 1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf (22 N). C. Exit Devices for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Exit devices shall not require more than 15 lbf (67 N) to release the latch. Locks shall not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. D. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. E. Fire Exit Devices: Devices complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire and panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305 and NFPA 252. F. Removable Mullions: BHMA A156.3. G. Fire-Exit Removable Mullions: Provide removable mullions for use with fire exit devices complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 10 having jurisdiction, for fire and panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305 and NFPA 252. Mullions shall be used only with exit devices for which they have been tested. H. Outside Trim: material and finish to match locksets, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Match design for locksets and latchsets, unless otherwise indicated. I. Through Bolts: For exit devices and trim on metal doors, non-fire-rated wood doors, fire-rated wood doors. J. Electronic Exit Bars: Nonlatching electronic releasing device, activated by an adjustable capacitance sensor, with no moving parts; listed and labeled as panic exit hardware. Fabricate bar from extruded aluminum, and provide door and frame transfer device and 16 feet (4.9 m) of cord to route wiring off the door frame. K. Manufacturers: 1. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM). 2. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ARW). 3. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP). 4. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (CR). 5. Detex Corporation (DTX). 6. Door Controls International (DCI). 7. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North America (DAH). 8. Dor-O-Matic; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (DOR). 9. Locknetics; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (LSE). 10. Monarch Exit Devices & Door Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (MON). 11. Precision Hardware, Inc. (PH). 12. Rutherford Controls Int'l. Corp. (RCI). 13. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (SGT). 14. Von Duprin; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (VD). 15. Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (YAL). 16. Others specifically named in Hardware Schedule. 2.9 LOCK CYLINDERS A. Standard Lock Cylinders: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1 unless Grade 2 is indicated. 1. Key Control Level: Category A. 2. Destructive Test Level: Category A. 3. Surreptitious Entry Resistance Level: Category A. B. Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver, and complying with the following: 1. Number of Pins: Six. 2. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and straight- or clover-type cam. 3. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim ring. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 11 4. Bored-Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks. a. High-Security Grade: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1A, listed and labeled as complying with pick- and drill-resistant testing requirements in UL 437 (Suffix A). C. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; complying with the following: 1. Interchangeable Cores: Core insert, removable by use of a special key; usable with other manufacturers' cylinders. 2. Removable Cores: Core insert, removable by use of a special key; for use only with core manufacturer's cylinder and door hardware. D. Construction Keying: Comply with the following: 1. Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of construction keys without cylinder removal. Provide 10 construction master keys. 2. Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent cores. Provide 10 construction master keys. a. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as indicated in keying schedule or as directed by Owner. b. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation. E. Manufacturer: Same manufacturer as for locks and latches. F. Manufacturers: 1. ABLOY Security, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ABL). 2. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ARW). 3. ASSA, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ASA). 4. Best Access Systems; Div. of The Stanley Works (BAS). 5. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (CR). 6. Falcon Lock; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (FAL). 7. Medeco Security Locks, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (MED). 8. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (SGT). 9. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH). 10. Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (YAL). 11. Others specifically named in Hardware Schedule. 2.10 KEYING A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, Appendix A. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference, and as follows: 1. No Master Key System: Cylinders are operated by change keys only. 2. Master Key System: Cylinders are operated by a change key and a master key. 3. Grand Master Key System: Cylinders are operated by a change key, a master key, and a grand master key. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 12 4. Great-Grand Master Key System: Cylinders are operated by a change key, a master key, a grand master key, and a great-grand master key. 5. Existing System: Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system. 6. Existing System: Re-key Owner's existing master key system into new keying system. 7. Keyed Alike: Key all cylinders to same change key. B. Keys: Nickel silver. 1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include the following notation: a. Notation: "DO NOT DUPLICATE." 2. Quantity: In addition to one extra key blank for each lock, provide the following: a. Cylinder Change Keys: Three. b. Master Keys: Five. c. Grand Master Keys: Five. d. Great-Grand Master Keys: Five. 2.11 KEY CONTROL SYSTEM A. Key Control Cabinet: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1; metal cabinet with baked-enamel finish; containing key-holding hooks, labels, 2 sets of key tags with self-locking key holders, key-gathering envelopes, and temporary and permanent markers; with key capacity of 150 percent of the number of locks. 1. Multiple-Drawer Cabinet: Cabinet with drawers equipped with key-holding panels and key envelope storage, and progressive-type ball-bearing suspension slides. Include single cylinder lock to lock all drawers. 2. Wall-Mounted Cabinet: Cabinet with hinged-panel door equipped with key-holding panels and pin-tumbler cylinder door lock. 3. Portable Cabinet: Tray for mounting in file cabinet, equipped with key-holding panels, envelopes, and cross-index system. B. Cross-Index System: Single-index system for recording key information. Include three receipt forms for each key-holding hook. Set up by Installer or as scheduled. 1. Manufacturers: a. Key Control Systems, Inc. (KCS). b. Lund Equipment Co., Inc. (LUN). c. MMF Industries (MMF). d. Sunroc Corporation (SUN). e. Others specifically named in Hardware Schedule. C. Key Control System Software: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1; multiple-index system for recording and reporting key-holder listings, tracking keys and lock and key history, and printing receipts for transactions. Include instruction manual. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 13 1. Manufacturers: a. Best Access Systems; Div. of The Stanley Works (BAS). b. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (CR). c. Others specifically named in Hardware Schedule. D. Key Lock Boxes: Coordinate with Chapel Hill Fire Department. Provide $300.00 allowance for this item 1. Manufacturers: a. Supra Products (SUP). 2.12 OPERATING TRIM A. Standard: BHMA A156.6. B. Materials: Fabricate from stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Manufacturers: 1. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM). 2. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc. (DJO). 3. Forms + Surfaces (FS). 4. Hager Companies (HAG). 5. Hiawatha, Inc. (HIA). 6. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS). 7. Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM). 8. Trimco (TBM). 9. Others specifically named in Hardware Schedule. 2.13 ACCESSORIES FOR PAIRS OF DOORS A. Carry-Open Bars: Provide carry-open bars for inactive leaves of pairs of doors unless automatic or self- latching bolts are used. 1. Material: Polished brass or bronze, with strike plate. 2.14 CLOSERS A. Accessibility Requirements: Where handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with [the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)." And ANSI A117.1. 1. Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements: DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 14 a. Interior, Non-Fire-Rated Hinged Doors: 5 lbf (22.2 N) applied perpendicular to door. b. Sliding or Folding Doors: 5 lbf (22.2 N) applied parallel to door at latch. B. Door Closers for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Door closers shall not require more than 30 lbf (133 N) to set door in motion and not more than 15 lbf (67 N) to open door to minimum required width. C. Hold-Open Closers/Detectors: Coordinate and interface integral smoke detector and closer device with fire alarm system. D. Flush Floor Plates: Provide finish cover plates for floor closers unless thresholds are indicated. Match door hardware finish, unless otherwise indicated. E. Recessed Floor Plates: Provide recessed floor plates with insert of floor finish material for floor closers unless thresholds are indicated. Provide extended closer spindle to accommodate thickness of floor finish. F. Power-Assist Closers: As specified in Division 08 Section "Automatic Door Operators" for access doors for people with disabilities or where listed in the door hardware sets. G. Size of Units: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. H. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4 , Grade 1 unless Grade 2 is indicated. Listed under Category C in BHMA's "Certified Product Directory." Provide type of arm required for closer to be located on non- public side of door, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: a. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (ARW). b. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (CR). c. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North America (DAH). d. Dor-O-Matic; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (DOR). e. LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (LCN). f. Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (NDC). g. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (RIX). h. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (SGT). i. Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (YAL). j. Others specifically named in Hardware Schedule. I. Closer Holder Release Devices: BHMA A156.15. Listed under Category C in BHMA's "Certified Product Directory." 1. Life-Safety Type: On release of hold open, door becomes self-closing. Automatic release is activated by smoke detection system. 2. Manufacturers: a. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (CR). DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 15 b. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North America (DAH). c. LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (LCN). d. Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (NDC). e. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (RIX). f. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (SGT). g. Others specifically named in Hardware Schedule. J. Coordinators: BHMA A156.3. 2.15 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Stops and Bumpers: BHMA A156.16 , Grade 1 unless Grade 2 is indicated. 1. Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are scheduled or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall stops are not appropriate, provide overhead holders. B. Mechanical Door Holders: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1 unless Grade 2 is indicated. C. Combination Floor and Wall Stops and Holders: BHMA A156.8, Grade 1 unless Grade 2 is indicated. D. Combination Overhead Stops and Holders: BHMA A156.8, Grade 1 unless Grade 2 is indicated. E. Electromagnetic Door Holders: BHMA A156.15. Listed under Category C in BHMA's "Certified Product Directory." 1. Coordinate with fire detectors and interface with fire alarm system for labeled fire door assemblies. F. Silencers for Metal Door Frames: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1; neoprene or rubber, minimum diameter 1/2 inch (13 mm); fabricated for drilled-in application to frame. G. Manufacturers: 1. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc. (ABH). 2. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH). 3. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM). 4. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP). 5. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc. (DJO). 6. Door Controls International (DCI). 7. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North America (DAH). 8. Dor-O-Matic; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (DOR). 9. Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ). 10. Hager Companies (HAG). 11. HES, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (HES). 12. Hiawatha, Inc. (HIA). 13. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS). 14. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (RIX). 15. Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM). DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 16 16. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (SGT). 17. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH). 18. Trimco (TBM). 19. Others specifically named in Hardware Schedule. 2.16 FABRICATION A. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Do not provide products that have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location except in conjunction with required fire-rated labels and as otherwise approved by Architect. 1. Manufacturer's identification is permitted on rim of lock cylinders only. B. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard materials or forming methods if different from specified standard. C. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are exposed when door is closed, except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed unless it is the only means of securely attaching the door hardware. Where through bolts are used on hollow door and frame construction, provide sleeves for each through bolt. 2. Steel Machine or Wood Screws: For the following fire-rated applications: a. Mortise hinges to doors. b. Strike plates to frames. c. Closers to doors and frames. 3. Steel Through Bolts: For the following fire-rated applications unless door blocking is provided: a. Surface hinges to doors. b. Closers to doors and frames. c. Surface-mounted exit devices. 4. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow-metal doors. 5. Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements in DHI WDHS.2, "Recommended Fasteners for Wood Doors." DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 17 2.17 FINISHES A. Standard: Brushed Nickel.. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Steel Frames: Comply with DHI A115 Series. 1. Surface-Applied Door Hardware: Drill and tap doors and frames according to ANSI A250.6. B. Wood Doors: Comply with DHI A115-W Series. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated as follows unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames." 3. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 18 finishing work specified in Division 09 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. 1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. C. Key Control System: Tag keys and place them on markers and hooks in key control system cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule. D. Boxed Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, above accessible ceilings. Verify location with Architect. 1. Configuration: Provide one power supply for each door opening. 2. Configuration: Provide the least number of power supplies required to adequately serve doors with electrified door hardware. E. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant: Owner will engage a qualified independent Architectural Hardware Consultant to perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports. 1. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant will inspect door hardware and state in each report whether installed work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed and adjusted. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Spring Hinges: Adjust to achieve positive latching when door is allowed to close freely from an open position of 30 degrees. 2. Electric Strikes: Adjust horizontal and vertical alignment of keeper to properly engage lock bolt. 3. Door Closers: Unless otherwise required by authorities having jurisdiction, adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately three months after date of Substantial Completion, Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant shall examine and readjust, including adjusting operating forces, each item of door hardware as necessary to ensure function of doors, door hardware, and electrified door hardware. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 19 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain door hardware and door hardware finishes. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." DOOR HARDWARE SETS The following hardware sets are for new office doors: Door Hardware Set No. 1 No. Item Description Manufacturer Finish 3 Hinges Self Closing McKinney Nickel 1 Lockset Lever & Function to be chosen Yale Nickel 1 Kick Plate 8”x34” Rockwood Nickel 1 Wall Bumper 409 Rockwood END OF SECTION 087100 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC LOUVERS AND VENTS 089000 - 1 SECTION 089000 – LOUVERS AND VENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fixed, extruded-aluminum louvers. 2. Fixed, formed-metal acoustical louvers. 3. Wall vents (brick vents). B. Related Sections: 1. Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for building wall vents (brick vents) into masonry. 2. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" for louvers in hollow-metal doors. 3. Division 08 Section "Flush Wood Doors" for louvers in flush wood doors. 4. Division 09 Section "Exterior Painting" for field painting louvers. 5. Division 22 Section "General-Service Compressed-Air Piping" for connecting pneumatic- operated adjustable louvers. 6. Division 23 Sections for louvers that are a part of mechanical equipment. 7. Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" for electric, electronic, and pneumatic control of adjustable louvers. 8. Division 26 Sections for electrical power connections for motor-operated adjustable louvers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Louver Terminology: Definitions of terms for metal louvers contained in AMCA 501 apply to this Section unless otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. B. Horizontal Louver: Louver with horizontal blades; i.e., the axes of the blades are horizontal. C. Vertical Louver: Louver with vertical blades; i.e., the axes of the blades are vertical. D. Drainable-Blade Louver: Louver with blades having gutters that collect water and drain it to channels in jambs and mullions, which carry it to bottom of unit and away from opening. E. Storm-Resistant Louver: Louver that provides specified wind-driven rain performance, as determined by testing according to AMCA 500-L. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC LOUVERS AND VENTS 089000 - 2 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design louvers, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using structural and seismic performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance: Louvers shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated without permanent deformation of louver components, noise or metal fatigue caused by louver blade rattle or flutter, or permanent damage to fasteners and anchors. Wind pressures shall be considered to act normal to the face of the building. 1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on pressures as indicated on Drawings. C. Seismic Performance: Louvers, including attachments to other construction, shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to SEI/ASCE 7. 1. See structural drawings for design earthquake spectral response acceleration, short period (Sds) for Project. 2. Component Importance Factor is 1.0. D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes, without buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, or other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F material surfaces. E. Louver Performance Ratings: Provide louvers complying with requirements specified, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's stock units identical to those provided, except for length and width according to AMCA 500-L. F. Acoustic Performance: Provide acoustical louvers complying with ratings specified, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's stock units identical to those specified, except for length and width for airborne sound-transmission loss according to ASTM E 90. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. For louvers specified to bear AMCA seal, include printed catalog pages showing specified models with appropriate AMCA Certified Ratings Seals. B. Shop Drawings: For louvers and accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Show frame profiles and blade profiles, angles, and spacing. 1. Show weep paths, gaskets, flashing, sealant, and other means of preventing water intrusion. 2. Show mullion profiles and locations. 3. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring for motorized adjustable louvers. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC LOUVERS AND VENTS 089000 - 3 D. Samples for Verification: For each type of metal finish required. E. Delegated-Design Submittal: For louvers indicated to comply with structural and seismic performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. F. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed according to AMCA 500- L by a qualified testing agency or by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for each type of louver and showing compliance with performance requirements specified. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain louvers and vents from single source from a single manufacturer where indicated to be of same type, design, or factory-applied color finish. B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." 2. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel." 3. AWS D1.6, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel." C. SMACNA Standard: Comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" for fabrication, construction details, and installation procedures. D. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide motors and related components for motor-operated louvers that are listed and labeled by UL and comply with applicable NEMA standards. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), Alloy 6063-T5, T-52, or T6. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003 or 5005 with temper as required for forming, or as otherwise recommended by metal producer for required finish. C. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, Alloy 319. D. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180) zinc coating, mill phosphatized. E. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, No. 4 finish, with grain running perpendicular to length of blades and frame members. Fasteners: Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC LOUVERS AND VENTS 089000 - 4 1. Use tamper-resistant screws for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 2. For fastening aluminum, use aluminum or 300 series stainless-steel fasteners. 3. For fastening galvanized steel, use hot-dip-galvanized steel or 300 series stainless-steel fasteners. 4. For fastening stainless steel, use 300 series stainless-steel fasteners. 5. For color-finished louvers, use fasteners with heads that match color of louvers. F. Postinstalled Fasteners for Concrete and Masonry: Torque-controlled expansion anchors, made from stainless-steel components, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 4 times the loads imposed, for concrete, or 6 times the load imposed, for masonry, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. G. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. 2.2 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Assemble louvers in factory to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Vertical Assemblies: Where height of louver units exceeds fabrication and handling limitations, fabricate units to permit field-bolted assembly with close-fitting joints in jambs and mullions, reinforced with splice plates. 1. Continuous Vertical Assemblies: Fabricate units without interrupting blade-spacing pattern unless horizontal mullions are indicated. C. Maintain equal louver blade spacing, including separation between blades and frames at head and sill, to produce uniform appearance. D. Fabricate frames, including integral sills, to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with allowances made for fabrication and installation tolerances, adjoining material tolerances, and perimeter sealant joints. 1. Frame Type: Interior flange unless otherwise indicated. E. Include supports, anchorages, and accessories required for complete assembly. F. Provide vertical mullions of type and at spacings indicated, but not more than recommended by manufacturer, or 72 inches o.c., whichever is less. 1. Semirecessed Mullions: Where indicated, provide mullions partly recessed behind louver blades so louver blades appear continuous. Where length of louver exceeds fabrication and handling limitations, fabricate with interlocking split mullions and close-fitting blade splices designed to permit expansion and contraction. 2. Exterior Corners: Prefabricated corner units with mitered and welded blades and with semirecessed mullions at corners. G. Provide subsills made of same material as louvers or extended sills for recessed louvers. H. Join frame members to each other and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds concealed from view unless otherwise indicated or size of louver assembly makes bolted connections between frame members necessary. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC LOUVERS AND VENTS 089000 - 5 2.3 FIXED, EXTRUDED-ALUMINUM LOUVERS A. Horizontal Storm-Resistant Louver: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work, if they meet the requirements of this section, include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Air Balance Inc.; a Mestek company. b. Air Flow Company, Inc. c. Airolite Company, LLC (The). d. All-Lite Architectural Products. e. American Warming and Ventilating, Inc.; a Mestek company. f. Arrow United Industries; a division of Mestek, Inc. g. Construction Specialties, Inc. h. Greenheck Fan Corporation. i. Industrial Louvers, Inc. j. NCA Manufacturing, Inc. k. Nystrom Building Products. l. Reliable Products, Inc. m. Ruskin Company; Tomkins PLC. n. United Enertech Corp. 2. Louver Depth: 8 inches. 3. Frame and Blade Nominal Thickness: Not less than 0.080 inch for blades and 0.080 inch for frames. 4. Louver Performance Ratings: a. Free Area: See Mechanical Drawings for required free area. b. Air Performance: See mechanical drawings and specifications for Air Performance. c. Wind-Driven Rain Performance: Not less than 95 percent effectiveness when subjected to a rainfall rate of 3 inches per hour and a wind speed of 29 mph. 5. AMCA Seal: Mark units with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. 2.4 LOUVER SCREENS A. General: Provide screen at each exterior louver. 1. Screen Location for Fixed Louvers: Interior face. 2. Screening Type: Bird screening for louvers serving parking level ventilation, insect screening at all others. B. Secure screen frames to louver frames with stainless-steel machine screws, spaced a maximum of 6 inches from each corner and at 12 inches o.c. C. Louver Screen Frames: Fabricate with mitered corners to louver sizes indicated. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC LOUVERS AND VENTS 089000 - 6 1. Metal: Same kind and form of metal as indicated for louver to which screens are attached. Reinforce extruded-aluminum screen frames at corners with clips. 2. Finish: Same finish as louver frames to which louver screens are attached. 3. Type: Rewirable frames with a driven spline or insert. D. Louver Screening for Aluminum Louvers: 1. Bird Screening: Aluminum, 1/2-inch- square mesh, 0.063-inch wire. 2. Insect Screening: Aluminum, 18-by-16 mesh, 0.012-inch wire. 2.5 BLANK-OFF PANELS A. Uninsulated, Blank-Off Panels: Metal sheet attached to back of louver. 1. Aluminum sheet for aluminum louvers, not less than 0.050-inch (1.27-mm) nominal thickness. 2. Panel Finish: Same finish applied to louvers. 3. Attach blank-off panels with clips. 2.6 WALL VENTS (BRICK VENTS) A. Extruded-Aluminum Wall Vents: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Air Flow Company, Inc. b. Airolite Company, LLC (The). c. Arrow United Industries; a division of Mestek, Inc. d. Construction Specialties, Inc. e. Dowco Products Group; Safe-Air of Illinois, Inc. f. Greenheck Fan Corporation. g. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. h. Industrial Louvers, Inc. i. Louvers & Dampers, Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. j. Metal Form Manufacturing Inc. k. Nystrom Building Products. l. Reliable Products, Inc. m. Ruskin Company; Tomkins PLC. n. Sunvent Industries; Division of Sylro Sales Corp. o. United Enertech Corp. 2. Extruded-aluminum louvers and frames, not less than 0.125-inch nominal thickness, assembled by welding; with 18-by-14- mesh, aluminum insect screening on inside face; incorporating weep holes, continuous drip at sill, and integral waterstop on inside edge of sill; of load-bearing design and construction. 3. Dampers: Aluminum blades and frames mounted on inside of wall vents; operated from exterior with Allen wrench in socket-head cap screw. Fabricate operating mechanism from Type 304 stainless-steel components. 4. Finish:- Paintable to match adjacent brick.. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC LOUVERS AND VENTS 089000 - 7 2.7 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 2.8 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish louvers after assembly. B. Retain finishes in paragraphs below to suit Project. If retaining more than one, indicate location of each on Drawings or by inserts. C. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A41, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. 2.9 GALVANIZED-STEEL SHEET FINISHES A. Finish louvers after assembly. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so surfaces are free of oil and other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating suited to the organic coating to be applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas and repair according to ASTM A 780. 2.10 STAINLESS-STEEL SHEET FINISHES A. Repair sheet finish by grinding and polishing irregularities, weld spatter, scratches, and forming marks to match surrounding finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Locate and place louvers and vents level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC LOUVERS AND VENTS 089000 - 8 B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. C. Form closely fitted joints with exposed connections accurately located and secured. D. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated. E. Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering, and grinding. Restore finishes so no evidence remains of corrective work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the factory, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit or provide new units. F. Protect unpainted galvanized and nonferrous-metal surfaces that will be in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals from corrosion and galvanic action by applying a heavy coating of bituminous paint or by separating surfaces with waterproof gaskets or nonmetallic flashing. G. Install concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulation as louver installation progresses, where weathertight louver joints are required. Comply with Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealants applied during louver installation. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Test operation of adjustable louvers and adjust as needed to produce fully functioning units that comply with requirements. B. Clean exposed surfaces of louvers and vents that are not protected by temporary covering, to remove fingerprints and soil during construction period. Do not let soil accumulate during construction period. C. Before final inspection, clean exposed surfaces with water and a mild soap or detergent not harmful to finishes. Thoroughly rinse surfaces and dry. D. Restore louvers and vents damaged during installation and construction so no evidence remains of corrective work. If results of restoration are unsuccessful, as determined by Architect, remove damaged units and replace with new units. 1. Touch up minor abrasions in finishes with air-dried coating that matches color and gloss of, and is compatible with, factory-applied finish coating. END OF SECTION 089000 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 1 SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum board for walls and ceilings. 2. Tile backing panels. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 05 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for load-bearing steel framing that supports gypsum board. 2. Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood framing and furring that supports gypsum board. 3. Division 06 Section "Sheathing" for gypsum sheathing. 4. Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation" for insulation and vapor retarders installed in assemblies that incorporate gypsum board. 5. Division 07 Section "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems" for head-of-wall assemblies that incorporate gypsum board. 6. Division 09 Section "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for non-structural framing and suspension systems that support gypsum board. 7. Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies" for metal shaft-wall framing, gypsum shaft liners, and other components of shaft-wall assemblies. 8. Division 09 Section "Tiling" for cementitious backer units installed as substrates for ceramic tile. 9. Division 09 painting Sections for primers applied to gypsum board surfaces. 10. See Life Safety Drawings, A-001, 002, 003, 004 for UL rated assemblies and specific gypsum board requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: For the following products: 1. Trim Accessories: Full-size Sample in 12-inch- (300-mm-) long length for each trim accessory indicated. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 2 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. 1.5 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack panels flat to prevent sagging. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B. Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELS, GENERAL A. Recycled Content: Provide gypsum panel products with recycled content to meet the requirements of Division 1, Section “Sustainable Design Requirements” for postconsumer recycled content and preconsumer recycled content. B. Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. C. Unless otherwise specified, all gypsum board used in wall construction on the second floor shall be High Impact Type with Type X core. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 3 2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. American Gypsum Co. b. BPB America Inc. c. G-P Gypsum. d. Lafarge North America Inc. e. National Gypsum Company. f. PABCO Gypsum. g. Temple. h. USG Corporation. B. Regular Type: 1. Walls use 5/8" Gypsum Board with long edges tapered. 2. Ceilings use 1/2" Gypsum Board with long edges tapered. C. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: With moisture- and mold-resistant core and surfaces for patch and reapuir work at toilet rooms. . 1. Core: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm), Type X. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Paper-faced galvanized steel sheet. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. Bullnose bead. c. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. e. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound. f. Expansion (control) joint. g. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges. 2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 4 B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. 2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Paper. 3. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh. 4. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints[, rounded or beveled panel edges,] and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. D. Joint Compound for Exterior Applications: 1. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Use setting-type taping compound and setting-type, sandable topping compound. 2. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: As recommended by sheathing board manufacturer. E. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 1. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting-type taping compound and setting- type, sandable topping compound. 2. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by backing panel manufacturer. 3. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by backer unit manufacturer. 2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. 1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 5 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly. 2. Recycled Content: Provide blankets with recycled content such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content constitutes a minimum percent by weight for MR 4.1 and MR 4.2 compliance.. E. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." 1. Provide sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). F. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation." G. Vapor Retarder: As specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames and framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) of open space between panels. Do not force into place. D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 6 E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. (0.7 sq. m) in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch- (6.4- to 9.5-mm-) wide joints to install sealant. G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. H. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. I. Wood Framing: Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members, or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. J. STC-Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations for locating edge trim and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings. 3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1. Regular Type: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Type X: Where required for fire-resistance-rated assembly. 3. Ceiling Type: Ceiling surfaces. 4. High-Impact Type: As indicated in these specifications above.. 5. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert requirements>. B. Single-Layer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels [vertically (parallel to framing)] [horizontally (perpendicular to framing)], unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance- rated assembly, and minimize end joints. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 7 a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. 3. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. 4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. C. Multilayer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face-layer joints 1 framing member, 16 inches (400 mm) minimum, from parallel base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire- resistance-rated assembly. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face-layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. 3. On Z-furring members, apply base layer vertically (parallel to framing) and face layer either vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing) with vertical joints offset at least one furring member. Locate edge joints of base layer over furring members. 4. Fastening Methods: [Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws] [Fasten base layers with screws; fasten face layers with adhesive and supplementary fasteners]. D. Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set. E. Curved Surfaces: 1. Install panels horizontally (perpendicular to supports) and unbroken, to extent possible, across curved surface plus 12-inch- (300-mm-) long straight sections at ends of curves and tangent to them. 2. For double-layer construction, fasten base layer to studs with screws 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. Center gypsum board face layer over joints in base layer, and fasten to studs with screws spaced 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. 3.4 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 8 B. Control Joints: Install control joints [at locations indicated on Drawings] [according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect]. C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners[, unless otherwise indicated]. 2. Bullnose Bead: Use [at outside corners] [where indicated] <Insert requirements>. 3. LC-Bead: Use [at exposed panel edges] <Insert requirements>. 4. L-Bead: Use [where indicated] <Insert requirements>. 5. U-Bead: Use [at exposed panel edges] [where indicated] <Insert requirements>. 6. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: Use at curved openings. D. Exterior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners. 2. LC-Bead: Use [at exposed panel edges] <Insert requirements>. E. Aluminum Trim: Install in locations [indicated on Drawings] <Insert requirements>. 3.5 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints[, rounded or beveled edges,] and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile. . 3. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other Division 09 Sections. E. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions for use as exposed soffit board. F. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. G. Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 9 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 092900 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TILING 093000 - 1 SECTION 093000 – FLOOR AND WALL TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1> Ceramic tile. 2> Waterproof membrane, thin set application. 3> Crack isolation membrane, thin set application. 4> Tile backing panels. 5> Metal edge strips. B. Related Sections: 1> Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile surfaces. 2> Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board" for water-resistant backing." 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified. B. ANSI A108 Series: ANSI A108.01, ANSI A108.02, ANSI A108.1A, ANSI A108.1B, ANSI A108.1C, ANSI A108.4, ANSI A108.5, ANSI A108.6, ANSI A108.8, ANSI A108.9, ANSI A108.10, ANSI A108.11, ANSI A108.12, ANSI A108.13, ANSI A108.14, ANSI A108.15, ANSI A108.16, and ANSI A108.17, which are contained in "American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile." C. Module Size: Floor and wall tile to be 2"x2" nominal 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. See Product description for specific products below. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TILING 093000 - 2 B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of tile and grout indicated. Include Samples of accessories involving color selection. Provide six (6) copies of all samples and include these shop drawings on the shop drawing schedule referenced in Division 1. C. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. D. Master Grade Certificates: For each shipment, type, and composition of tile, signed by tile manufacturer and Installer. E. Product Certificates: For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer. F. Material Test Reports: For each tile-setting and -grouting product and special purpose tile. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from one source or producer. 1> Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area. B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from one manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer. C. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section from a single manufacturer for each product: 1> Waterproof membrane. 2> Crack isolation membrane. 3> Joint sealants. 4> Cementitious backer units. 5> Metal edge strips. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages. B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination can be avoided. D. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TILING 093000 - 3 E. Handle tile that has temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated surfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile, remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1> Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated. 2> Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, and color indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. 1> Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements unless otherwise indicated. B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02, ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced by TCA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements specified. C. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. D. Mounting: For factory-mounted tile, provide back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 1> Where tile is indicated for installation in wet areas, do not use back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies in writing that this type of mounting is suitable for installation indicated and has a record of successful in-service performance. E. Factory-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type, protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout by precoating with continuous film of petroleum paraffin wax, applied hot. Do not coat unexposed tile surfaces. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TILING 093000 - 4 2.2 TILE PRODUCTS A. Tile Type CT-1: ceramic tile for toilet room floors. 1> Manufacturer: American Olean 2> Basis-of-Design: American Olean Pozzalo, 2” X 2” floor and wall tile, COF = .60 3> Grout Color: Dark color to be selected. 4> Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile. Provide shapes as follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: a. Tapered Transition Tile: Shape designed to effect transition between thickness of tile floor and adjoining floor finishes of different thickness, tapered to provide reduction in thickness from 1/2 to 1/4 inch (12.7 to 6.35 mm) across nominal 4- inch (100-mm) dimension. 2.3 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Fiber-Cement Underlayment: ASTM C 1278 and meets or exceeds the physical property requirements of ASTM C 1177 and ASTM C-1396 and ASTM C 931, in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. 1> Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, a. USG.; Fiberock Underlayment and BackerBoard. b. Or comparable product 2> Thickness: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm). 2.4 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE A. Fabric-Reinforced, Fluid-Applied Membrane: System consisting of liquid-latex rubber or elastomeric polymer and continuous fabric reinforcement. Meets ANSI A118.10. 1> Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, a. Laticrete International, Inc.; Laticrete 9235 Waterproof Membrane. b. MAPEI Corporation; Mapelastic L (PRP 3150. B. Latex-Portland Cement: Flexible mortar consisting of cement-based mix and latex additive. 1> Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Boiardi Products; a QEP company; Elastiment 323 Cement Based Waterproofing, Anti-Fracture/Crack Suppression Membrane. b. C-Cure; UltraCure 971. c. MAPEI Corporation; Mapelastic (PRP 315). DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TILING 093000 - 5 d. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.; Southcrete 1100. e. TEC; a subsidiary of H. B. Fuller Company; Triple Flex Waterproofing, Crack Isolation Membrane & Mortar. 2.5 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE A. General: Manufacturer's standard product[, selected from the following, that complies with ANSI A118.12 for high performance and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer. B. Fabric-Reinforced, Fluid-Applied Membrane: System consisting of liquid-latex rubber or elastomeric polymer and fabric reinforcement. 1> Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Laticrete International, Inc.; Laticrete Blue 92 Anti-Fracture Membrane. b. Apply at 12” each side of fracture. C. Latex-Portland Cement: Flexible mortar consisting of cement-based mix and latex additive. 1> Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. C-Cure; UltraCure 971. b. MAPEI Corporation; Mapelastic (PRP 315). c. TEC; a subsidiary of H. B. Fuller Company; Triple Flex Waterproofing, Crack Isolation Membrane & Mortar. 2.6 SETTING MATERIALS A. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A118.4. 1> Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements: 2> Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. MAPEI Corporation, Ultraflex 2, professional grade polymer modified mortar. 3> Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix containing dry, redispersible, vinyl acetate or acrylic additive to which only water must be added at Project site. 4> Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix combined with acrylic resin or styrene-butadiene- rubber liquid-latex additive at Project site. 5> For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.4. 2.7 GROUT MATERIALS A. Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3. For shower floors. 1> Manufacturers: Mapei 2> Basis-of-Design Product: Opticolor epoxy system with stain free grout. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TILING 093000 - 6 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated. B. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shape, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed specifically for flooring applications; stainless-steel, ASTM A 666, 300 Series exposed-edge material. Apply as scheduled and/or shown on the drawings. C. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. 2.9 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. 1> Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm, dry, clean, free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. 2> Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with bonded mortar bed or thin-set mortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. a. Verify that surfaces that received a steel trowel finish have been mechanically scarified. b. Verify that protrusions, bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding or grinding. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TILING 093000 - 7 3> Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed. 4> Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with adhesives or thin-set mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile-setting material manufacturer. B. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortar bed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot (1:50) toward drains. C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. D. Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: If indicated under tile type or needed to prevent grout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with continuous film of temporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces. 3.3 TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" for TCA installation methods specified F113-07 for floors, TCA F121-07 for shower floors, and TCA W244C guidelines for walls. ."Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. 1> For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage: a. Tile floors, base and walls in wet areas. b. Tile floors and base in laundries. c. Tile floors, base and walls composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches (200 by 200 mm) or larger. d. Tile walls composed of rib-backed tiles. e. All other floor, base and wall tile or stone applications. B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TILING 093000 - 8 straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. D. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. 1> For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work. 2> Where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim are specified or indicated to be same size, align joints. 3> Where tiles are specified or indicated to be whole integer multiples of adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim, align joints unless otherwise indicated. E. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths: 1> Porcelain and Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). 2> Wall Tile: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). F. Lay out tile wainscots to dimensions indicated or to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated. G. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles. 1> Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them. 2> Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." H. Stone Thresholds: Install stone thresholds in same type of setting bed as adjacent floor unless otherwise indicated. 1> At locations where mortar bed (thickset) would otherwise be exposed above adjacent floor finishes, set thresholds in latex-portland cement mortar (thin set). 2> Do not extend waterproofing or crack isolation membrane under thresholds set in dry-set portland cement or latex-portland cement mortar. Fill joints between such thresholds and adjoining tile set on waterproofing or crack isolation membrane with elastomeric sealant. 3> See detailed elevations on plans I. Metal Edge Strips: Install where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile. 3.4 TILE BACKING PANEL INSTALLATION A. Install cementitious backer units and fiber-cement underlayment and treat joints according to ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's written instructions for type of application indicated. Use latex-portland cement mortar for bonding material unless otherwise directed in manufacturer's written instructions. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TILING 093000 - 9 3.5 WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION A. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness and bonded securely to substrate. B. Do not install tile or setting materials over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight. 3.6 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install crack isolation membrane to comply with ANSI A108.17 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness and bonded securely to substrate. B. Do not install tile or setting materials over crack isolation membrane until membrane has cured. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1> Remove epoxy and latex-portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2> Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. 3> Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturer and that is acceptable to tile and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent drain clogging. B. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. C. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. D. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces. 3.8 INTERIOR TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. See interior drawings and room finish schedule for interior tile installation END OF SECTION 093000 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC WOOD FLOORING 096400 - 1 SECTION 096400 - WOOD FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes wood flooring repair, replacement as required. B. For flooring cleaning and refinishing follow NFWA standards manual for "Maintenance and Recoating of Hardwood Floors", latest edition. See specifically NFWA standards for removing grease. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 07 Sections for waterproofing membranes. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show installation details including location and layout of each type of wood flooring and accessory. C. Samples for Initial Selection: submit samples for matching for color, grain, species, for wood flooring. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of wood flooring and accessory, with stain color and finish required, approximately 30 inches wide X 30 inches long panel and of same thickness and material indicated for the Work and showing the full range of normal color and texture variations expected. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body. B. Source Limitations: For pre-finished wood flooring, obtain each species, grade, and cut of wood from one source with resources to provide materials and products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC WOOD FLOORING 096400 - 2 C. Forest Certification: Provide wood flooring produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship." D. Hardwood Flooring: Comply with NOFMA's "Official Flooring Grading Rules" for species, grade, and cut. 1. Certification: Provide flooring that carries NOFMA grade stamp on each bundle or piece. 2. Certification: Provide flooring that carries MFMA mark on each bundle or piece. E. Mockups: Install mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. To set quality standards for installation, install mockup of floor area as shown on Drawings. 2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver wood flooring materials in unopened cartons or bundles. B. Protect wood flooring from exposure to moisture. Do not deliver wood flooring until after concrete, masonry, plaster, ceramic tile, and similar wet work is complete and dry. C. Store wood flooring materials in a dry, warm, ventilated, weathertight location. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditioning period begins not less than seven days before wood flooring installation, is continuous through installation, and continues not less than seven days after wood flooring installation. 1. Environmental Conditioning: Maintain an ambient temperature between 65 and 75 deg F (18 and 24 deg C) and relative humidity planned for building occupants in spaces to receive wood flooring during the conditioning period. 2. Wood Flooring Conditioning: Move wood flooring into spaces where it will be installed, no later than the beginning of the conditioning period. a. Do not install flooring until it adjusts to relative humidity of, and is at same temperature as, space where it is to be installed. b. Open sealed packages to allow wood flooring to acclimatize immediately on moving flooring into spaces in which it will be installed. B. After conditioning period, maintain relative humidity and ambient temperature planned for building occupants. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC WOOD FLOORING 096400 - 3 C. Prior to installation of any wood flooring , convene pre-construction conference at the site with the Interior Design professional, the Architect and the Owner to confirm the order of application of wood flooring, base molding, painting and other finish operations. D. See special instructions for field finishing lobby wood flooring. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Wood Flooring: Equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type of wood flooring indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIELD-FINISHED WOOD FLOORING- LOBBY AND AS SCHEDULED. A. Solid-Wood, Plank Flooring: Kiln dried to 6 to 9 percent maximum moisture content, tongue and groove and end matched, and with backs channeled (kerfed) for stress relief. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Species and Grade: to match existing. 3. Cut: Widths to match existing, variable lengths ranging from 2’ to 10’ with less than 10% under 4’. 4. Thickness: 3/4 inch (19 mm). 5. Provide Tung Oil finish. 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of flooring. B. Verify substrate is clean and free of loose material, grease and other contaminates which may interfere with bonding of adhesive. C. Substrate Moisture Testing: Use Calcium Chloride Test or Tramex Moisture Encounter Met er. . E. Verify HVAC System is operating and maintaining temperature and humidity conditions in compliance with Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions. F. Coordinate with responsible entity to correct unsatisfactory conditions. G. Commencement of work by installer is acceptance of substrate conditions. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC WOOD FLOORING 096400 - 4 3.02 PREPARATION A. Acclimatization: Open flooring boxes and remove packing minimum 3 days prior to start of installation. B. Grind and fill subfloor using methods and materials appropriate to the subfloor construction to eliminate humps and depressions exceeding 3/16 inch (5 mm) inch in 10 feet (3048 mm). 3.03 INSTALLATION 3.03.1 New and replacement wood flooring. A. Flooring: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Adhesive: Comply with adhesive manufacturer's written instructions. 3.03.2 Existing Wood Flooring: a. Clean existing wood floor thoroughly with non-abrasive cleaner with grease lifting capacity. Confirm cleaning effectiveness on a small patch of floor in an obscure location. b. 3.04 CLEANING: Reference Section 01 74 00: Cleaning and Waste Management A. Repair or replace damaged installed products. B. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to Owner's ac- ceptance. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Wood Underlayment:5/8” Plywood on top of 1/8” Acoustical material, TBD. B. Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, polyethylene sheet not less than 6.0 mils thick. C. Wood Flooring Adhesive: Mastic recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers for application indicated. 1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of not more than 100 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). D. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compound: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-based formulation approved by wood flooring manufacturer. E. Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer, but not less than that recommended in NWFA's "Installation Guidelines: Wood Flooring." F. Cork Expansion Strip: Composition cork strip. G. Trim: In same species and grade as wood flooring, unless otherwise indicated. 1. See Division 062023 for Base Molding specification. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC WOOD FLOORING 096400 - 5 2. Base Shoe Molding: 1/2 by 1/2 inch (13 by 19 mm). 3. Threshold: Flush. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of wood flooring. 1. Verify that substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections. 2. For adhesively applied wood flooring, verify that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Substrate Moisture Testing, General: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer or, if none, comply with applicable recommendations in NWFA's "Installation Guidelines: Wood Flooring." 1. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. C. Concrete Moisture Testing: Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test per ASTM F 1869, as follows: 1. Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq. ft. (18.6 sq. m) and perform not less than 2 tests in each installation area with test areas evenly spaced in installation area. 2. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate 3.0 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (2.04 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours. 3. Perform alkalinity and adhesion tests recommended in writing by manufacturer or, if none, according to NWFA's "Installation Guidelines: Wood Flooring. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Grind high spots and fill low spots on concrete substrates to produce a maximum 1/8-inch (3- mm) deviation in any direction when checked with a 10-foot (3-m) straight edge. 1. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. B. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances on substrates that are incompatible with installation adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC WOOD FLOORING 096400 - 6 C. Broom or vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before product installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with flooring manufacturer's written installation instructions, but not less than applicable recommendations in NWFA's "Installation Guidelines: Wood Flooring." B. Provide expansion space at walls and other obstructions and terminations of flooring of not less than 3/8 inch (19 mm). C. Asphalt-Saturated Felt: Where strip or plank flooring is nailed to solid-wood subfloor, install flooring over a layer of asphalt-saturated felt. D. Vapor Retarder: 1. Wood Flooring Nailed to Sleepers over Concrete: Install flooring over a layer of polyethylene sheet with edges overlapped over sleepers and turned up behind baseboards. 2. Wood Flooring Installed Directly on Concrete: Install a layer of polyethylene sheet according to flooring manufacturer's written instructions. E. Solid-Wood, Strip and Plank Flooring: Blind nail flooring to substrate. 1. For Chestnut Oak flooring of face width more than 3 inches (75 mm), do the following: a. Install countersunk screws at each end of each piece in addition to blind nailing. Cover screw heads with wood plugs glued flush with flooring. b. Install no fewer than 2 countersunk nails at each end of each piece, spaced not more than 16 inches (406 mm) along length of each piece, in addition to blind nailing. Fill holes with matching wood filler. F. Engineered-Wood Flooring: See installation instructions above. G. Wood Trim: Nail baseboard to wall and nail shoe molding or other trim to baseboard; do not nail to flooring. 3.4 FIELD FINISHING- FOR CHESTNUT OAK. A. Machine-sand flooring to remove offsets, ridges, cups, and sanding-machine marks that would be noticeable after finishing. Vacuum and tack with a clean cloth immediately before applying finish. 1. Comply with applicable recommendations in NWFA's "Installation Guidelines: Wood Flooring" for a tung oil finish. . B. Apply floor-finish materials in number of coats recommended by finish manufacturer for application indicated. C. Cover wood flooring before finishing. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC WOOD FLOORING 096400 - 7 D. Do not cover wood flooring after finishing until finish reaches full cure, and not before seven days after applying last finish coat. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect installed wood flooring during remainder of construction period with covering of heavy kraft paper or other suitable material. Do not use plastic sheet or film that might cause condensation. 1. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over kraft-paper-covered wood flooring. Protect flooring with plywood or hardboard panels to prevent damage from storing or moving objects over flooring. END OF SECTION 096400 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC 09650- Resilient Flooring-1 09650-00 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 Drawings and General Provision of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications Sections apply to the work of this section. 2 Specified publications refer to the most recent edition. 09650-02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 1 The extent of resilient flooring and accessories is shown on drawings and in schedules. 2 The types of resilient floorings and accessories includes: a. Luxury Vinyl Tile. b. Rubber base for walls in work room area. c. See wood flooring for wood base in other locations. 3 Specified publications refer to the most recent edition. 09650-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Wherever possible, provide resilient flooring and accessories including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants and leveling compound produced by a single manufacturer. 2 Unless otherwise indicated, provide vinyl composition tile having the following classifications or properties when tested in accordance with the standard fire tests referenced below: a. Flame Spread: not more than 75 as per ASTM E-84. b. Smoke Developed: not more than 450 as per ASTM E-84. c. Smoke Density: not more than 450 as per NFPA 258. 3 Tile to meet Federal Specification SST-312-B, Type IV. 09650-04 SUBMITTALS 1 Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of resilient flooring and accessory. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC 09650- Resilient Flooring-2 2 Submit samples showing full range of styles, colors and patterns of resilient tile flooring and accessories to the Architect for selection. Do not proceed with ordering until selection by the Architect has been made. 3 Submit 4 copies of the manufacturer's written recommended maintenance instructions. 09650-05 PRODUCTS 1 Luxury Vinyl tile to be delivered in a clearly marked container and to be stored away from heat and water. Damaged tile will not be accepted and should not be incorporated in the work. 2 Luxury Vinyl product to be 4" plank style, greater than 34% solid vinyl content. Plank product by Armstrong Commercial Flooring or Mohawk Flooring products. 3 Concrete slab primer, where used, to be non-staining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. 4 Leveling compound to be latex type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. 5 Rubber base to be 1/8" thick and 4" high as noted in schedule. Rubber base to conform with Federal Specification SS-W-40a, Type I. 09650-06 EXECUTION 1 The Contractor shall verify that all substrate is in acceptable condition prior to installing any resilient flooring. Surface shall be smooth and free from holes, cracks and other irregularities and shall be free of paints and other materials that may affect bonding. Installation assumes responsibility of an acceptable substrate. 2 Slabs must cure for a minimum of one (1) month before resilient flooring work may commence. 3 Slabs-on-grade to receive a latex underlayment as recommended by the tile manufacturer. 4 Use only the tile adhesive recommended by the tile manufacturer for this specific type of installation. 5 Tile to be installed in strict accordance with the recommended installation procedure of the manufacturer. A copy of such procedure to be delivered to the Architect prior to commencing the work. Tile to be set even and true with the walls of each room. Joints to be parallel with or 90o to each enclosing wall. Tile to be laid even with no waves or imperfections; joints must be flat. No mastic to bubble through joints and the finished floor to be rendered clean and serviceable at the finish of the work. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC 09650- Resilient Flooring-3 6 Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so that tile at opposite edges of room area of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 1/2 tile at room perimeters. 8 Cut tile neatly around all fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles are not acceptable. 9 Lay tile with grain running in one direction or checker board. Color and pattern selection to be by Architect. 10 Color and/or texture variation within a contiguous space will not be accepted. Care should be exercised to match color and texture of tiles in each space. 11 Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed corner units, or fabricated from base materials with metered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. 12 On masonry surfaces, or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along tip edge of rubber wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. 13 Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using neutral type cleaners as recommended by flooring manufacturer. Protect installed flooring with heavy Kraft paper or other covering. 14 The contractor shall be responsible for protecting the finished resilient flooring against all damage from subsequent work. If damage to the finished floor should occur, the Contractor is responsible for removing damaged resilient flooring and replacing it with perfect resilient flooring. 15 After completion of project and just prior to final inspection of work, thoroughly clean floors and accessories. 16 Provide Owner with 5% of each type and color of vinyl composition tile installed. END OF SECTION DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SECTION 096723-RESINOUS FLOORING-Alternate 01 PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This section includes the following: 1. Resinous flooring system as shown on the drawings and in schedules. Specifically resinous floor system as an alternate for rooms 06 and 10. See Floor Plan A-103 for limits of this flooring alternate. B. Related sections include the following: 1. Cast-in-Place Concrete, section 03 30 00 2. Concrete Curing, section 03 39 00 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The work shall consist of preparation of the substrate, the furnishing and application of a cementitious urethane based self-leveling seamless flooring system with decorative quartz aggregate broadcast and Epoxy broadcast and topcoats. B. The system shall have the color and texture as specified by the Owner with a nominal thickness of 1/4 inch. It shall be applied to the prepared area(s) as defined in the plans strictly in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. C. Cove base (if required) to be applied where noted on plans and per manufacturers standard details unless otherwise noted 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Latest edition of Manufacturer's literature including performance data and installation procedures. B. Manufacturer’s Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each product being used. C. Samples: A 3 x 3 inch square sample of the proposed system. Color, texture, and thickness shall be representative of overall appearance of finished system subject to normal tolerances. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years experience in the production, sales, and technical support of epoxy and urethane industrial flooring and related materials. B. The Applicator shall have experience in installation of the flooring system as confirmed by the manufacturer in all phases of surface preparation and application of the product specified. C. Requests for substitutions shall be considered at the discretion of the Architect.. D. System shall be in compliance with requirements of United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), Food, Drug Administration (FDA), and local Health Department. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Page 2 of 6 F. A pre-installation conference shall be held between Applicator, General Contractor and the Owner to review and clarification of this specification, application procedure, quality control, inspection and acceptance criteria and production schedule. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing and Shipping 1. All components of the system shall be delivered to the site in the Manufacturer's packaging, clearly identified with the product type and batch number. B. Storage and Protection 1. The Applicator shall be provided with a dry storage area for all components. The area shall be between 60 F and 85 F, dry, out of direct sunlight and in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations and relevant health and safety regulations. 2. Copies of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all components shall be kept on site for review by the Engineer or other personnel. C. Waste Disposal 1. The Applicator shall be provided with adequate disposal facilities for non-hazardous waste generated during installation of the system. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site Requirements 1. Application may proceed while air, material and substrate temperatures are between 60 F and 85 F providing the substrate temperature is above the dew point. Outside of this range, the Manufacturer shall be consulted. 2. The relative humidity in the specific location of the application shall be less than 85 % and the surface temperature shall be at least 5 F above the dew point. 3. The Applicator shall ensure that adequate ventilation is available for the work area. This shall include the use of manufacturer’s approved fans, smooth bore tubing and closure of the work area. 4. The Applicator shall be supplied with adequate lighting equal to the final lighting level during the preparation and installation of the system. B. Conditions of new concrete to be coated with cementitious urethane material. 1. Concrete shall be moisture cured for a minimum of 3 days and have fully cured a minimum of 5 days in accordance with ACI-308 prior to the application of the coating system pending moisture tests. 2. Concrete shall have a flat rubbed finish, float or light steel trowel finish (a hard steel trowel finish is neither necessary nor desirable). 3. Sealers and curing agents should not to be used. 4. Concrete shall have minimum design strength of 3.500 psi. and a maximum water/cement ratio of 0.45 5. Concrete surfaces on grade shall have been constructed with a vapor barrier to protect against the effects of vapor transmission and possible delamination of the system. . C. Safety Requirements DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Page 3 of 6 1. All open flames and spark-producing equipment shall be removed from the work area prior to commencement of application. 2. "No Smoking" signs shall be posted at the entrances to the work area. 3. The Owner shall be responsible for the removal of foodstuffs from the work area. 4. Non-related personnel in the work area shall be kept to a minimum. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 FLOORING A. Basis of Design is Dur-A-Flex, Inc, Hybri-Flex EQ (self leveling broadcast quartz), epoxy/aliphatic urethane topcoat seamless flooring system. Other brands of similar systems may be considered for 1. System Materials: a. Topping: Dur-A-Flex, Inc, Poly-Crete MD resin, hardener and SL aggregate. b. Broadcast aggregate shall be Dur-A-Flex, Inc. Q28 or Q11 quartz aggregate. c. Broadcast: Dur-A-Flex, Inc. Dur-A-Glaze #4, epoxy based two-component resin. d. Grout coat: Dur-A-Flex, Inc Dur-A-Glaze #4, epoxy-based, two-component resin. e. Top coat: Dur-A-Flex, Inc. Armor Top aliphatic urethane two-component resin. f. Non-Slip Grit- Dur-A-Flex Non slip grit 2. Patch Materials a. Shallow Fill and Patching: Use Dur-A-Flex, Inc. Poly-Crete MD (up to ¼ inch). b. Deep Fill and Sloping Material (over ¼ inch): Use Dur-A-Flex, Inc. Poly-Crete WR. 2.2 MANUFACTURER A. Dur-A-Flex, Inc., 95 Goodwin Street, East Hartford, CT 06108, Phone: (860) 528-9838, Fax: (860) 528-2802 B. Manufacturer of Approved System shall be single source and made in the USA. 2.3 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Topping Poly-Crete SL 1. Percent Reactive 100 % 2. VOC 0 g/L 3. Bond Strength to Concrete ASTM D 4541 400 psi, substrates fails 4. Compressive Strength, ASTM C 579 9,000 psi 5. Tensile Strength, ASTM D 638 2,175 psi 6. Flexural Strength, ASTM D 790 5,076 psi 7. Impact Resistance @ 125 mils, MIL D-3134, 160 inch lbs No visible damage or deterioration B. Broadcast Coat Dur-A-Glaze #4 Resin 1. Percent Reactive, 100 % 2. VOC <4 g/L 3. Water Absorption, ASTM D 570 0.04% 4. Tensile Strength, ASTM D 638 4000psi 5. Coefficient of thermal expansion ASTM D 696, 2 x 10-5 in/in/F 6. Flammability ASTM D-635 Self-Extinguishing DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Page 4 of 6 7. Flame Spread/ NFPA 101 ASTM E-84 Class A C. Topcoat Armor Top 1. VOC 0 g/L 2. 60 Degree Gloss ASTM D523 75+/-5 3. Mixed Viscosity, (Brookfield 25oC) 500 cps 4. Tensile strength, ASTM D 638 7,000 psi 5. Abrasion Resistance, ASTM D4060 Gloss Satin CS 17 wheel (1,000 g load) 1,000 cycles 4 8 mg loss with grit 10 12 mg loss without grit 6. Pot life @ 70o F 50% RH 2 hours 7. Full Chemical resistance 7 days PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting flooring performance. 1. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for flooring installation and comply with requirements specified. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General 1. New and existing concrete surfaces shall be free of oil, grease, curing compounds, loose particles, moss, algae growth, laitance, friable matter, dirt, and bituminous products. 2. Moisture Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and as follows. . a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test ASTM F 1869-98. Application will proceed only when the vapor/moisture emission rates from the slab is less than and not higher than 20 lbs/1,000 sf/24 hrs. b. Perform relative humidity test using is situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 99% relative humidity level measurement. c. If the vapor drive exceeds 99% relative humidity or 20 lbs/1,000 sf/24 hrs then the Owner and/or Engineer shall be notified and advised of additional cost for the possible installation of a vapor mitigation system that has been approved by the manufacturer or other means to lower the value to the acceptable limit. 3. Mechanical surface preparation a. Shot blast all surfaces to receive flooring system with a mobile steel shot, dust recycling machine (Blastrac or equal). All surface and embedded accumulations of paint, toppings hardened concrete layers, laitance, power trowel finishes and other similar surface characteristics shall be completely removed leaving a bare concrete surface having a minimum profile of CSP 4-5 as described by the International Concrete Repair Institute. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Page 5 of 6 b. Floor areas inaccessible to the mobile blast machines shall be mechanically abraded to the same degree of cleanliness, soundness and profile using diamond grinders, needle guns, bush hammers, or other suitable equipment. c. Where the perimeter of the substrate to be coated is not adjacent to a wall or curb, a minimum 1/4 inch key cut shall be made to properly seat the system, providing a smooth transition between areas. The detail cut shall also apply to drain perimeters and expansion joint edges. d. Cracks and joints (non-moving) greater than 1/8 inch wide are to be chiseled or chipped-out and repaired per manufacturer’s recommendations. 4. At spalled or worn areas, mechanically remove loose or delaminated concrete to a sound concrete and patch per manufactures recommendations. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General 1. The system shall be applied in five distinct steps as listed below: a. Substrate preparation b. Topping/overlay application with quartz aggregate broadcast. c. Resin application with quartz aggregate broadcast. d. Topcoat application e. Second topcoat application. 2. Immediately prior to the application of any component of the system, the surface shall be dry and any remaining dust or loose particles shall be removed using a vacuum or clean, dry, oil-free compressed air. 3. The handling, mixing and addition of components shall be performed in a safe manner to achieve the desired results in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. 4. The system shall follow the contour of the substrate unless pitching or other leveling work has been specified by the Architect. 5. A neat finish with well-defined boundaries and straight edges shall be provided by the Applicator. B. Topping 1. The topping shall be applied as a self-leveling system as specified by the Architect. The topping shall be applied in one lift with a nominal thickness of 1/8 inch. 2. The topping shall be comprised of three components, a resin, hardener and filler as supplied by the Manufacturer. 3. The hardener shall be added to the resin and thoroughly dispersed by suitably approved mechanical means. SL Aggregate shall then be added to the catalyzed mixture and mixed in a manner to achieve a homogenous blend. 4. The topping shall be applied over horizontal surfaces using ½ inch “v” notched squeegee, trowels or other systems approved by the Manufacturer. 5. Immediately upon placing, the topping shall be degassed with a loop roller. 6. Quartz aggregate shall be broadcast to excess into the wet material at the rate of 0.8 lbs/sf. 7. Allow material to fully cure. Vacuum, sweep and/or blow to remove all loose aggregate. C. Broadcast 1. The broadcast coat resin shall be applied at the rate of 90 sf/gal (Q28) or 50 sf/gal (Q11). DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 Page 6 of 6 2. The broadcast coat shall be comprised of liquid components, combined at a ratio of 2 parts resin to 1 part hardener by volume and shall be thoroughly blended by mechanical means such as a high speed paddle mixer. 3. Quartz aggregate shall be broadcast into the wet resin at the rate of 0.5 lbs/sf. 4. Allow material to fully cure. Vacuum, sweep and/or blow to remove all loose aggregate. D. Grout coat 1. The grout coat shall be squeegee applied with a coverage rate of 90 sf/gal (Q28) or 50 sf/gal (Q11). 2. The grout coat shall be comprised of liquid components, combined at a ratio of 2 parts resin to 1 part hardener by volume and shall be thoroughly blended by mechanical means such as a high speed paddle mixer. 3. The grout coat will be back rolled and cross rolled to provide a uniform texture and finish. *** Specifier’s Note *** If an orange-peel texture is desired, sand screen the floor and apply a second grout coat of epoxy. The epoxy shall be applied by squeegee and back-roll with a coverage rate of 200 sf/gal (Q28) or 70 sf/gal (Q11). E. Topcoat 1. The topcoat shall be roller applier with a coverage rate of 500 sf/gal. 2. The finished floor will have a nominal thickness of 1/4 inch. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests, Inspection 1. The following tests shall be conducted by the Applicator: a. Temperature 1. Air, substrate temperatures and, if applicable, dew point. b. Coverage Rates 1. Rates for all layers shall be monitored by checking quantity of material used against the area covered. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Cure flooring material in compliance with manufacturer’s directions, taking care to prevent their contamination during stages of application and prior to completion of the curing process. B. Remove masking. Perform detail cleaning at floor termination, to leave cleanable surface for subsequent work of other sections. End of Section DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SHEET CARPETING 096816 - 1 SECTION 096816 - SHEET CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Tufted carpet. 2. Woven carpet. 3. Carpet cushion. B. Related Sections include the following: 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following, including installation recommendations for each type of substrate: 1. Carpet: For each type indicated. Include manufacturer's written data on physical characteristics, durability, and fade resistance. 2. Carpet Cushion: For each type indicated. Include manufacturer's written data on physical characteristics and durability. B. Shop Drawings: Show the following: 1. Columns, doorways, enclosing walls or partitions, built-in cabinets, and locations where cutouts are required in carpet. 2. Carpet type, color, and dye lot. 3. Seam locations, types, and methods. 4. Type of subfloor. 5. Type of installation. 6. Pattern type, repeat size, location, direction, and starting point. 7. Pile direction. 8. Type, color, and location of insets and borders. 9. Type, color, and location of edge, transition, and other accessory strips. 10. Transition details to other flooring materials. 11. Type of carpet cushion. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SHEET CARPETING 096816 - 2 C. Samples: For each of the following products and for each color and texture required. Label each Sample with manufacturer's name, material description, color, pattern, and designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 1. Carpet: 12-inch- (300-mm-) square Sample. 2. Exposed Edge, Transition, and other Accessory Stripping: 12-inch- (300-mm-) long Samples. 3. Carpet Cushion: 6-inch- (150-mm-) square Sample. 4. Carpet Seam: 6-inch (150-mm) Sample. 5. Mitered Carpet Border Seam: 12-inch- (300-mm-) square Sample. Show carpet pattern alignment. D. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.3: a. For carpet, documentation indicating compliance with testing and product requirements of Carpet and Rug Institute's "Green Label Plus" program. b. For carpet cushion, documentation indicating compliance with testing and product requirements of Carpet and Rug Institute's "Green Label" program. c. For installation adhesive, including printed statement of VOC content. E. Product Schedule: For carpet[ and carpet cushion.] Use same designations indicated on Drawings. F. Qualification Data: For Installer. G. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. H. Maintenance Data: For carpet to include in maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1. Methods for maintaining carpet, including cleaning and stain-removal products and procedures and manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule. 2. Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to carpet[ and carpet cushion]. I. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is certified by the Floor Covering Installation Board or who can demonstrate compliance with its certification program requirements. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide products with the critical radiant flux classification indicated in Part 2, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 648 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SHEET CARPETING 096816 - 3 C. Mockups: Before installing carpet, build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to carpet installation including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review delivery, storage, and handling procedures. 2. Review ambient conditions and ventilation procedures. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 7.2, "Site Conditions; Temperature and Humidity" and Section 7.12, "Ventilation." B. Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet and carpet cushion until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. C. Do not install carpet and carpet cushionover concrete slabs until slabs have cured, are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive, and have pH range recommended by carpet manufacturer. D. Where demountable partitions or other items are indicated for installation on top of carpet, install carpet before installing these items. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Carpet: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of carpet installation that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet due to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. 2. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than 10 percent loss of face fiber, edge raveling, snags, runs, loss of tuft bind strength, excess static discharge, and delamination. 3. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SHEET CARPETING 096816 - 4 B. Special Warranty for Carpet Cushion: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of carpet cushion installation that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty includes consequent removal and replacement of carpet and accessories. 2. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet cushion due to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. 3. Failure includes, but is not limited to, permanent indentation or compression. 4. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Carpet: Full-width rolls equal to 5] > percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but not less than 10 sq. yd. (8.3 sq. m). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TUFTED CARPET >Textured Loop 12’ goods A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. <Woolshire Carpet Mills Inc..> Color: As selected by Designer.Duchess Colors Parchment, Pewter or Blonde a. Source: <Woolshire 800-799-6657 Calhoun GA. C. Fiber Content: 100 % Virgin Wool D. Pile Characteristic Textured Loop> pile. E. Smoke Density: <E 662-05 (Under 450) F. Pile Thickness: <Insert 5/32 inches (mm)> for finished carpet[ per ASTM D 6859]. G. Face Weight: <39oz./sq. yd. ().> H. Primary Backing: [Manufacturer's CUSTOM Natural Woven Jute material] I. All carpet shall meet minimum critical radiant flux requirements of Section 804.5 and 804.5.1 of the North Carolina State Building Code. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SHEET CARPETING 096816 - 5 2.2 Secondary Backing: Action Bac A. Backing System: <Latex B -5160-TXRBC .> B. Width: 12 feet (3.7 m) >. C. Applied Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard material >. D. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard material E. Performance Characteristics: As follows: 1. Resistance to Insects: Comply with AATCC 24. 2. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): < 3. Colorfastness to Crocking: Not less than 4, wet and dry, per AATCC 165. 4. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 2-mm halo of inhibition for gram-positive bacteria; not less than 1-mm halo of inhibition for gram-negative bacteria; no fungal growth; per AATCC 174. 5. Environmental Requirements: Provide carpet that complies with testing and product requirements of Carpet and Rug Institute's "Green Label Plus" program. 6. 7. . 2.3 CARPET CUSHION <Masland > A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. <Masland Contract C. Traffic Classification: CCC Class , heavy. D. Fiber Cushion Resinated, 100% recycled textile 1. Weight: 28 oz./sq. yd. (g/sq. m).> 2. Thickness: .313” inches (mm)> plus 5 percent maximum. 3. Density: 7.7 lb/cu. ft. (kg/cu. m).> 4. : 5. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): . 6. Environmental Requirements: Provide carpet cushion that complies with testing and product requirements of Carpet and Rug Institute's "Green Label" program. 2.4 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or recommended by carpet cushion manufacturer. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SHEET CARPETING 096816 - 6 B. Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew-resistant, nonstaining type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated, that complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet and is recommended or provided by carpet and carpet cushion manufacturers. 1. VOC Limits: Provide adhesives with VOC content not more than 50g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA method 24). C. Tackless Carpet Stripping: Water-resistant plywood, in strips as required to match cushion thickness and that comply with CRI 104, Section 12.2. D. Seam Adhesive: Hot-melt adhesive tape or similar product recommended by carpet manufacturer for sealing and taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams and to prevent pile loss at seams. E. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height required to protect exposed edge of carpet, and of maximum lengths to minimize running joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet performance. Examine carpet for type, color, pattern, and potential defects. B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: 1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by carpet[ cushion] manufacturer. 2. Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 03 Section "Cast-in- Place Concrete" for slabs receiving carpet. 3. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 7.3, "Site Conditions; Floor Preparation," and with carpet manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, depressions, and protrusions in substrates. Fill or level cracks, holes and depressions 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide or wider, and protrusions more than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm), unless more stringent requirements are required by manufacturer's written instructions. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SHEET CARPETING 096816 - 7 C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, without using solvents. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by carpet cushion] manufacturer. D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with CRI 104 and carpet and carpet cushion manufacturers' written installation instructions for the following: 1. Carpet with Attached-Cushion Installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 11, "Attached-Cushion Installations." 2. Stretch-in Installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 12, "Stretch-in Installation." 3. Stair Installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 13, "Carpet on Stairs" []. B. Comply with carpet manufacturer's written recommendations and Shop Drawings for seam locations and direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doorways, center seams under the door in closed position. 1. Level adjoining border edges. C. Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer. D. Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. E. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders to comply with CRI 104, Section 15, "Patterned Carpet Installations" and with carpet manufacturer's written recommendations. F. Comply with carpet cushion manufacturer's written recommendations.[ Install carpet cushion seams at 90-degree angle with carpet seams.] 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet: 1. Remove excess adhesive, seam sealer, and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by carpet manufacturer. 2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet surface. 3. Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face-beater element. B. Protect installed carpet to comply with CRI 104, Section 16, "Protection of Indoor Installations." C. Protect carpet against damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SHEET CARPETING 096816 - 8 recommended in writing by carpet manufacturer and carpet cushion manufacturer carpet adhesive manufacturer. END OF SECTION 096816 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 1 SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1. Wood. 2. Gypsum board. 3. Plaster, if any. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 05 Sections for shop priming of metal substrates with primers specified in this Section. 2. Division 06 Sections for shop priming carpentry with primers specified in this Section. 3. Division 08 Sections for factory priming windows and doors with primers specified in this Section. 4. Division 09 painting Sections for special-use coatings. 5. Division 09 Section "Exterior Painting" for surface preparation and the application of paint systems on exterior substrates. 6. Division 09 Section "Staining and Transparent Finishing" for surface preparation and the application of wood stains and transparent finishes on interior wood substrates. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product indicated. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat indicated. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 12 inches (200 mm) square. 2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. D. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following: DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 2 1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified in Part 2, with the proposed product highlighted. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MPI Standards: 1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in "MPI Approved Products List." 2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and paint systems indicated. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C). 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F (10 and 35 deg C). B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 > percent, but not less than 2 gal. of each material and color applied per residence PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 3 B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. Pittsburg Paints 3. Sherwin – Williams Company 4. Duron, Inc. 5. ICI Paints. 6. Porter Paints. 7. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 8. Dur A Wall 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. VOC Content of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24); these requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: 1. Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. 3. Anti-Corrosive and Anti-Rust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than 250 g/L. 4. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L. 5. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L. 6. Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L. 7. Flat Topcoat Paints: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. 8. Nonflat Topcoat Paints: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. 9. Anti-Corrosive and Anti-Rust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than 250 g/L. 10. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L. C. Colors: As selected by Architect and Designer from manufacturer's full range i 2.3 BLOCK FILLERS. A. Interior/Exterior Latex Block Filler: MPI #4. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 4 2.4 PRIMERS/SEALERS A. Latex Primer/Sealer: MPI #50 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 1. B. Interior Alkyd Primer/Sealer: MPI #45. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2.5 METAL PRIMERS A. Alkyd Anticorrosive Metal Primer: MPI #79. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. B. Quick-Drying Alkyd Metal Primer: MPI #76. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. C. Rust-Inhibitive Primer (Water Based): MPI #107. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 1. D. Waterborne Galvanized-Metal Primer: MPI #134. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 1. E. Quick-Drying Primer for Aluminum: MPI #95. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2.6 LATEX PAINTS A. Interior Latex (Satin): MPI #43 (Gloss Level 4). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 1.5. B. Interior Latex (Semigloss): MPI #54 (Gloss Level 5). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 2. C. Interior Latex (Gloss): MPI #114 (Gloss Level 6, except minimum gloss of 65 units at 60 deg). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 5 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 2. D. Epoxy Wall Paint (satin): To be used at all exposed interior block locations. 1. Dur A Wall VC manufactured by Dur-A-Flex 2. 4 different colors may be chosen for different areas. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent. 3. Wood: 15 percent. 4. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. 5. Plaster: 12 percent. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. D. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface- applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. 2. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 6 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. E. Clay Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content of surfaces or alkalinity of mortar joints to be painted exceed that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. F. Concrete Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. G. Steel Substrates: Remove rust and loose mill scale. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. H. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. I. Aluminum Substrates: Remove surface oxidation. J. Wood Substrates: 1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer. 2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off. 3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. 4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. K. Gypsum Board Substrates: Do not begin paint application until finishing compound is dry and sanded smooth. L. Plaster Substrates: Do not begin paint application until plaster is fully cured and dry. M. Cotton or Canvas Insulation Covering Substrates: Remove dust, dirt, and other foreign material that might impair bond of paints to substrates. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 7 B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. E. Painting Mechanical and Electrical Work: Paint visible items in and occupied spaces including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Mechanical Work: a. Uninsulated metal piping. b. Uninsulated plastic piping. c. Pipe hangers and supports. d. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes. e. Visible portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets. f. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. g. Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting. 2. Electrical Work: a. Switchgear. b. Panelboards. c. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure at any time and as often as Owner deems necessary during the period when paints are being applied: 1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint materials being used. Samples of material delivered to Project site will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in presence of Contractor. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying- paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with complying materials, the two paints are incompatible. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 8 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.6 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Concrete Substrates, Nontraffic Surfaces: 1. Latex Over Sealer System: MPI INT 3.1A. a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior latex B. CMU Substrates: 1. Latex System: MPI INT 4.2A. In Hallways, and all other spaces except D below. a. Prime Coat: Interior/exterior latex block filler. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior latex semigloss. C. Steel Substrates: 1. Quick-Drying Enamel System: MPI INT 5.1A. a. Prime Coat: Quick-drying alkyd metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Quick-drying enamel matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Quick-drying enamel (semigloss). D. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: 1. Water-Based Dry-Fall System: MPI INT 5.3H. a. Prime Coat: Waterborne dry fall. b. Topcoat: Waterborne dry fall. E. Aluminum (Not Anodized or Otherwise Coated) Substrates: 1. Latex System: MPI INT 5.4H. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 9 a. Prime Coat: Quick-drying primer for aluminum. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior latex (low sheen). F. Gypsum Board Substrates: 1. Latex System: MPI INT 9.2A. a. Prime Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior latex eggshell. END OF SECTION 099123 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300 - 1 SECTION 099300 - STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of wood finishes on the following substrates: 1. Exterior Substrates: None in this bid. This specification is intended to apply if the Owner elects to perform any exterior work in addition to this bid. a. Dressed lumber (finish carpentry). b. Exposed wood panel products. c. Wood decks and stairs. 2. Interior Substrates: a. Dressed lumber (finish carpentry). b. Exposed wood panel products. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 09 wood flooring Sections for stains and transparent finishes applied to wood flooring. 2. Division 09 Section "Exterior Painting" for surface preparation and application of standard paint systems on exterior substrates. 3. Division 09 Section "Interior Painting" for surface preparation and application of standard paint systems on interior substrates. 4. Division 09 painting Sections for special-use coatings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product indicated. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of finish system and in each color and gloss of finish indicated. 1. Submit Samples on representative samples of actual wood substrates, 8 inches (200 mm) square. 2. Label each Sample for location and application area. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300 - 2 D. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Cross-reference to finish system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. Printout of MPI's current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified in Part 2, with the product proposed for use highlighted. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MPI Standards: 1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in its "MPI Approved Products List." 2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and finish systems indicated. B. Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each finish system indicated and each color selected to verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of finish system and substrate. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 10 sq. ft. b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of stain color selections will be based on benchmark samples. a. If preliminary stain color selections are not approved, apply additional benchmark samples of additional stain colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C). 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply finishes only when temperature of surfaces to be finished and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F (10 and 35 deg C). B. Do not apply exterior finishes in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300 - 3 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 5 gal. of each material and color applied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. Bennette Paint Mfg. Co., Inc. 3. BLP Mobile Paint Manufacturing. 4. Cabot Incorporated, Samuel. 5. Cloverdale Paint. 6. Color Wheel Paints & Coatings. 7. Columbia Paint & Coatings. 8. Coronado Paint. 9. Diamond Vogel Paints. 10. Dunn-Edwards Corporation. 11. Durant Paints Inc. 12. Duron, Inc. 13. Farrell-Calhoun. 14. Flex Bon Paints. 15. Frazee Paint. 16. General Paint. 17. Griggs Paint. 18. Hallman Lindsay Quality Paints. 19. Hirshfield's, Inc. 20. ICI Paints. 21. Insl-x. 22. Kelly-Moore Paints. 23. Kwal-Howells Paint. 24. M.A.B. Paints. 25. McCormick Paints. 26. Miller Paint. 27. Mills Paint. 28. Northern Paint. 29. PARA Paints. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300 - 4 30. Parker Paint Mfg. Co. Inc. 31. Porter Paints. 32. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 33. Rodda Paint Co. 34. Sherwin-Williams Company (The) 35. Sico, Inc. 36. Sigma Coatings. 37. Spectra-Tone. 38. Tamms Industries, Inc. 39. Tower Paint. 40. Vista Paint. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each finish system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a finish system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in finish system and on substrate indicated. B. VOC Content of Field-Applied Interior Primers, Stains, and Transparent Finishes: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24); these requirements do not apply to primers, stains, and transparent finishes that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: 1. Flat Primers: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Primers: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. 3. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC content of not more than 200 g/L. 4. Clear Wood Finishes, Varnishes: VOC not more than 350 g/L. 5. Clear Wood Finishes, Lacquers: VOC not more than 550 g/L. 6. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L. 7. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L. 8. Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L. C. Stain Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 WOOD FILLERS A. Wood Filler Paste: MPI #91. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300 - 5 2.4 PRIMERS AND SEALERS A. Wood Preservative: MPI #37. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. B. Alkyd Sanding Sealer: MPI #102. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2.5 STAINS A. Exterior Semitransparent Stain (Solvent Based): MPI #13. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. B. Exterior Solid-Color Stain (Solvent Based): MPI #14. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. C. Stain for Wood Decks: MPI #33. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. D. Interior Wood Stain (Semitransparent): MPI #90. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2.6 POLYURETHANE FINISHES A. Two-Component Aliphatic Polyurethane (Clear): MPI #78. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. B. Interior, Oil-Modified, Clear Urethane (Satin): MPI #57, Gloss Level 4. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. C. Moisture-Cured Clear Polyurethane (Flat): MPI #71, Gloss Level 1. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E2. D. Moisture-Cured Clear Polyurethane (Gloss): MPI #31. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300 - 6 2.7 WATERBORNE ACRYLIC FINISHES A. Waterborne Clear Acrylic (Satin): MPI #128, Gloss Level 4. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E1. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: EPR 1. B. Waterborne Clear Acrylic (Semigloss): MPI #129, Gloss Level 5. 1. VOC Content: E Range of [E1] [E2] [E3]. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: [EPR 1] [EPR 2] [EPR 3]. C. Waterborne Clear Acrylic (Gloss): MPI #130, Gloss Level 6. 1. VOC Content: E Range of [E1] [E2] [E3]. 2. Environmental Performance Rating: [EPR 1] [EPR 2] [EPR 3]. 2.8 OIL FINISH A. Danish Oil: MPI #92. 1. VOC Content: E Range of E3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Maximum Moisture Content of Wood Substrates: 15 percent when measured with an electronic moisture meter. 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes. 3. Begin finish application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 4. Beginning application of finish system constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrate and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be finished. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface- applied protection before surface preparation and finishing. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300 - 7 1. After completing finishing operations, reinstall items that were removed; use workers skilled in the trades involved. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean and prepare surfaces to be finished according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Remove surface dirt, oil, or grease by washing with a detergent solution; rinse thoroughly with clean water and allow to dry. Remove grade stamps and pencil marks by sanding lightly. Remove loose wood fibers by brushing. 2. Remove mildew by scrubbing with a commercial wash formulated for mildew removal and as recommended by stain manufacturer. 3. Countersink steel nails, if used, and fill with putty tinted to final color to eliminate rust leach stains. D. Apply wood filler paste to open-grain woods, as defined in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual," to produce smooth, glasslike finish. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply finishes according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for finish and substrate indicated. 2. Finish surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. B. Apply finishes to produce surface films without cloudiness, holidays, lap marks, brush marks, runs, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure at any time and as often as Owner deems necessary during the period when finishes are being applied: 1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample finish materials being used. Samples of material delivered to Project site will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in presence of Contractor. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying finishes if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying materials from Project site, pay for testing, and refinish surfaces finished with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously finished surfaces if, on refinishing with complying materials, the two finishes are incompatible. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300 - 8 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing finish application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered materials by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from finish application. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced finished wood surfaces. 3.6 EXTERIOR WOOD-FINISH-SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Finish Carpentry Substrates: 1. Solid-Color Latex Stain System: MPI EXT 6.3K. a. Prime Coat: Exterior alkyd wood primer. b. Two Stain Coats: Exterior, solid-color latex stain. 2. Semitransparent Stain System: MPI EXT 6.3D. a. Two Stain Coats: Exterior semitransparent stain (solvent based). 3. Clear, Two-Component Polyurethane System: MPI EXT 6.3G. a. Three Finish Coats: Two-component aliphatic polyurethane (clear). B. Wood Deck and Stair Substrates: 1. MPI EXT 6.5D. a. Preservative Coat: Wood preservative. b. Two Stain Coats: Stain for wood decks. 2. MPI EXT 6.5F. a. Two Stain Coats: Stain for wood decks. 3.7 INTERIOR WOOD-FINISH-SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Finish Carpentry Substrates: 1. Moisture-Cured Clear Polyurethane Over Stain System: MPI INT 6.3Y. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300 - 9 a. Stain Coat: Interior wood stain (semitransparent). b. Three Finish Coats: Moisture-cured clear polyurethane (flat). 2. Danish Oil System: MPI INT 6.3M. a. Two Finish Coats: Danish oil. B. Exposed Wood Panel-Product Substrates: 1. Polyurethane Varnish Over Stain System: MPI INT 6.4E. a. Stain Coat: Interior wood stain (semitransparent). b. Three Finish Coats: Interior, oil-modified, clear urethane (satin). 2. Danish Oil System: MPI INT 6.4K. a. Two Finish Coats: Danish oil. END OF SECTION 099300 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SIGNAGE 101400 - 1 SECTION 101400 - SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Room Identification Signs 2. Egress signs 3. Mens and Women’s toilet room signs 4. Illuminated fire exit signs B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01, Allowances, for sign products allowance. 2. Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for labels, tags, and nameplates for plumbing systems and equipment. 3. Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for labels, tags, and nameplates for HVAC systems and equipment. 4. Division 26 Sections for electrical service and connections for illuminated signs. 5. Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems" for labels, tags, and nameplates for electrical equipment. 6. Electrical Drawings for illuminated Exit signs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines: U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines." 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SIGNAGE 101400 - 2 B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for signs. 1. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by others, and accessories. 2. Provide message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including tactile characters and Braille, and layout for each sign. 3. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units showing the full range of colors available for the following: 1. Aluminum. 2. Acrylic sheet. 3. Polycarbonate sheet. D. Samples for Verification: For each of the following products and for the full range of color, texture, and sign material indicated, of sizes indicated: 1. Aluminum: For each form, finish, and color, on 6-inch- (150-mm-) long sections of extrusions and squares of sheet at least 4 by 4 inches (100 by 100 mm). 2. Acrylic Sheet: 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm) for each color required. 3. Polycarbonate Sheet: 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm) for each color required. 4. Accessories: Manufacturer's full-size unit. E. Sign Schedule: Required room and space signage. Each room and space shall receive a wall mounted, ADA compliant, identification sign. Sign schedule shall be room names as listed on the room finish schedule. Exit signs to be code compliant wired with battery back-up recessed exit signs acceptable to the local Fire Marshall in size, type and location. F. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals. G. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom-fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations for Signs: Obtain each sign type indicated from one source from a single manufacturer. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SIGNAGE 101400 - 3 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify recess openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate placement of anchorage devices with templates for installing signs. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Deterioration of metal and polymer finishes beyond normal weathering. b. Deterioration of embedded graphic image colors and sign lamination. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, of alloy and temper recommended by sign manufacturer for casting process used and for use and finish indicated. B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with at least the strength and durability properties of Alloy 6063-T5. C. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, Category A-1 (cell-cast sheet), Type UVA (UV absorbing). D. Polycarbonate Sheet: Of thickness indicated, manufactured by extrusion process, coated on both surfaces with abrasion-resistant coating: 1. Impact Resistance: 16 ft-lbf/in. per ASTM D 256, Method A. 2. Tensile Strength: 9000 lbf/sq. in. per ASTM D 638. 3. Flexural Modulus of Elasticity: 340,000 lbf/sq. in. per ASTM D 790. 4. Heat Deflection: 265 deg F (129 deg C) at 264 lbf/sq. in. per ASTM D 648. 5. Abrasion Resistance: 1.5 percent maximum haze increase for 100 revolutions of a Taber abraser with a load of 500 g per ASTM D 1044. E. Applied Vinyl: Die-cut characters from vinyl film of nominal thickness of 3 mils (0.076 mm) with pressure-sensitive adhesive backing, suitable for exterior applications. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SIGNAGE 101400 - 4 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard signs of configurations indicated. 1. Welded Connections: Comply with AWS standards for recommended practices in shop welding. Provide welds behind finished surfaces without distortion or discoloration of exposed side. Clean exposed welded surfaces of welding flux and dress exposed and contact surfaces. 2. Mill joints to tight, hairline fit. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water penetration. 3. Preassemble signs in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation, in location not exposed to view after final assembly. 4. Conceal fasteners if possible; otherwise, locate fasteners where they will be inconspicuous. 2.4 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed t o minimize contrast. 2.5 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Baked-Enamel Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid-chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Apply baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting. 1. Organic Coating: Thermosetting, modified-acrylic enamel primer/topcoat system complying with AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.04 mm), medium gloss. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SIGNAGE 101400 - 5 2.6 ACRYLIC SHEET FINISHES A. Colored Coatings for Acrylic Sheet: For copy and background colors, provide colored coatings, including inks, dyes, and paints, that are recommended by acrylic manufacturers for optimum adherence to acrylic surface and that are UV and water resistant for five years for application intended. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Verify that items, including anchor inserts, are sized and located to accommodate signs. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and complying with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where applicable. Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on nearest adjacent walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches (75 mm) of sign without encountering protruding objects or standing within swing of door. B. Wall-Mounted Signs: Comply with sign manufacturer's written instructions except where more stringent requirements apply. 1. Two-Face Tape: Mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces. Do not use this method for vinyl-covered or rough surfaces. 2. Hook-and-Loop Tapes: Mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces. 3. Magnetic Tape: Mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces. 4. Silicone-Adhesive Mounting: Attach signs to irregular, porous, or vinyl-covered surfaces. 5. Shim Plate Mounting: Provide 1/8-inch- (3-mm-) thick, concealed aluminum shim plates with predrilled and countersunk holes, at locations indicated, and where other mounting methods are not practicable. Attach plate with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate. Attach panel signs to plate using method specified above. 6. Mechanical Fasteners: Use nonremovable mechanical fasteners placed through predrilled holes. Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate as recommended in writing by sign manufacturer. 7. Signs Mounted on Glass: Provide matching opaque plate on opposite side of glass to conceal mounting materials. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC SIGNAGE 101400 - 6 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION 101400 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR GLASS PARTITION 102310 - 1 SECTION 102310- INTERIOR GLASS PARTITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Door hardware requirements, Division 8, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Frameless glazed interior wall and door assemblies. B. Reference Standards AAMA 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; 2012. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2013. ASTM B221M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes [Metric]; 2013. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2011e1. ASTM C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat-Strengthened and Fully Tempered Flat Glass; 2012. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-installation Meeting: Convene at project site seven calendar days prior to scheduled beginning of construction activities of this section to review section requirements. 1. Require attendance by representatives of installer, other entities directly affecting, or affected by, construction activities of this section. 2. Notify Architect four calendar days in advance of scheduled meeting 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's descriptive literature for each component in partition assembly. B. Shop Drawings: Drawings showing layout, dimensions, identification of components, and interface with adjacent construction. 1. Include field measurements of openings. 2. Include Elevations Showing: a. Locations and identification of manufacturer-supplied door hardware and fittings. b. Locations and sizes of cut-outs and drilled holes for other door hardware. 3. Include Details Showing: a. Requirements for support and bracing of overhead track. b. Installation details. c. Appearance of manufacturer-supplied door hardware and fittings. C. Selection Samples: Two sets, representing manufacturer's full range of available metal materials and finishes. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR GLASS PARTITION 102310 - 2 D. Verification Samples: Two samples, minimum size 2 by 3 inches (50 by 75 mm), represent ing actual material and finish of exposed metal. E. Design Data: Design calculations, bearing seal and signature of structural engineer licensed to practice in the State in which the Project is located, showing loads at points of attachment to the building structure. F. Certificates: Contractor to certify that installer of partition assemblies meets specified qualifi cations. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For manufacturer-supplied operating hardware. H. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. I. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include complete preparation, installation, and cleaning requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Minimum three years of experience designing, assembling, and installing partition assemblies similar to those specified in this section 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace product that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Glass Wall System A. Basis of Design is C.R. Laurence Co., Inc; CRL Cascade Series Frameless Glass Wall Office System: www.crl-arch.com. B. Frameless Glazed Interior Wall Assembly: Factory fabricated assemblies consist ing of full-width and height glass panels fastened with U-channel fittings on top and bottom edge of glass wall. Configuration: As indicated on drawings. U-Channel Fittings: Extruded aluminum, satin anodized finish, dry glazed, and with matching end caps. Top channel is 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) high by 1 inch (25.4 mm) deep. Bottom channel is 1 inch (25.4 mm) high by 1 inch (25.4 mm) deep. Glass Thickness: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm), tempered. Designed to withstand normal operation without damage, racking, sagging, or deflection. Coordinate wall and door assembly preparation and provide hardware as neces sary for fully operable installation. Finished metal surfaces protected with strippable film. Factory assembled to greatest extent practical; may be disassembled to accom modate shipping constraints. Pivoting Glass Doors: Dry glazed patch fittings. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC INTERIOR GLASS PARTITION 102310 - 3 Door Configuration: As indicated on drawings. Height: 2 inch (51 mm). Length: 6-7/16 inch (164 mm). Cladding Finish: Satin anodized. Glass Thickness: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm), tempered. Door Hardware: Patch bottom fitting, brushed stainless steel. Provide accessories as required for complete installation. 2.2 EXECUTION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that track supports are properly braced, level within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of required position and parallel to the floor surface. C. Verify floor flatness of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), non-cumulative. D. Do not begin installation until supports and adjacent substrates have been properly prepared. E. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 2.3 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare substrates using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving ac acceptable result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with glazed interior wall and door assembly manufacturer's instructions. B. Fit and align glazed interior wall and door assembly level and plumb. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust glazed interior wall and door assembly to operate smoothly from sliding or pivoting positions. B. Adjust swing door hardware for smooth operation. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean installed work to like-new condition. 4.1 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. See Section DESRIBING - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals. B. Demonstrate operation of glazed interior wall and door assembly and identify potential operational problems. 4.2 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 102310 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 1 SECTION 102800 – TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Toilet Room accessories including electric hand dryers. B. Related Sections include the following: 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include the following: 1. Construction details and dimensions. 2. Anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in other work and substrate preparation. 3. Material and finish descriptions. 4. Features that will be included for Project. 5. Manufacturer's warranty. B. Samples: Full size, for each accessory item to verify design, operation, and finish requirements. 1. Approved full-size Samples will be returned and may be used in the Work. C. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. 1. Identify locations using room designations indicated on Drawings. 2. Identify products using designations indicated on Drawings. D. Maintenance Data: For toilet and bath accessories to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: For products listed together in the same articles in Part 2, provide products of same manufacturer unless otherwise approved by Architect. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 2 B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects and that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, 0.0312-inch (0.8-mm) minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. B. Brass: ASTM B 19 flat products; ASTM B 16 (ASTM B 16M), rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges; or ASTM B 30, castings. C. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Designation CS (cold rolled, commercial steel), 0.0359- inch (0.9-mm) minimum nominal thickness. D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G60 (Z180) hot-dip zinc coating. E. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. F. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit and tamper-and- theft resistant where exposed, and of galvanized steel where concealed. G. Chrome Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service). H. Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Mirror Glazing Quality, clear-glass mirrors, nominal 6.0 mm thick. I. ABS Plastic: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin formulation. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 3 2.2 WASHROOM ACCESSORIES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for accessories is based on products indicated. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Bradley Corporation. D. Toilet Tissue (Jumbo-Roll) Dispenser Bradley 5424: E. Paper Towel (Folded) Dispenser : 1. Basis-of-Design Product:Bradley 250-15 F. Liquid-Soap Dispenser: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley 6542 G. Grab Bar (See drawings and current ADA requirements for types and sizes): 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley 812-001, 18”, 36”, 42” H. Mirror Unit : 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley 781 2.3 WARM-AIR DRYERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for accessories is based on products indicated. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Dyson Hand Dryer. D. Warm-Air Dryer 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Dyson "Airblade V" HU-02 Sprayed Nickle. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 4 2.4 UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for accessories is based on products indicated. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc. 2. TCI Products. 3. Truebro, Inc. D. Underlavatory Guard : 1. Basis-of-Design Product: 2. Description: Insulating pipe covering for supply and drain piping assemblies, that prevent direct contact with and burns from piping, and allow service access without removing coverings. 3. Material and Finish: Antimicrobial, molded-plastic, white. 2.5 CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for accessories is based on products indicated. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Bradley Corporation. D. Mop and Broom Holder : 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley 9954 2.6 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with full-length, continuous hinges. Equip units for concealed anchorage and with corrosion-resistant backing plates. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 5 B. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 102800 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104413 - 1 SECTION 104413 - FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fire protection cabinets for the following: a. Portable fire extinguishers. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 painting Sections for field painting fire protection cabinets. 2. Division 10 Section "Signage" for directional signage to out-of-sight fire extinguishers and cabinets. 3. Division 10 Section "Fire Extinguishers." 4. Division 21 Section "Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems" for hose systems, racks, and valves. 5. Division 26 Sections for low-voltage wiring for fire protection cabinet alarms. 6. Division 26 Section "Interior Lighting" for fire extinguisher location lights. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire protection cabinets. 1. Fire Protection Cabinets: Include roughing-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style. 2. Show location of knockouts for hose valves. B. Shop Drawings: For fire protection cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of fire protection cabinet indicated. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below: DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104413 - 2 1. Size: 6 by 6 inches (150 by 150 mm) square. E. Product Schedule: For fire protection cabinets. Coordinate final fire protection cabinet schedule with fire extinguisher schedule to ensure proper fit and function. F. Maintenance Data: For fire protection cabinets to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Rated, Fire Protection Cabinets: Listed and labeled to comply with requirements in ASTM E 814 for fire-resistance rating of walls where they are installed. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to fire protection cabinets including, but not limited to, the following: a. Schedules and coordination requirements. b. Coordinate with local Fire Marshall for exact cabinet locations 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of fire protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated. B. Coordinate size of fire protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire hoses, hose valves, and hose racks indicated are accommodated. C. Coordinate sizes and locations of fire protection cabinets with wall depths. 1.6 SEQUENCING A. Apply vinyl lettering on field-painted, fire protection cabinets after painting is complete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. B. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated, and as follows: DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104413 - 3 1. Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M). 2. Extruded Shapes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M). C. Tempered Break Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Quality q3, 1.5 mm thick. 2.2 FIRE PROTECTION CABINET A. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, Basis of design is Larsons Fire Extinguisher cabinet 2409-6R. The following available products that may be incorporated into the Work if they are equal to the Basis of Design product. include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fire End & Croker Corporation; . b. J. L. Industries, Inc., a division of Activar Construction Products Group;. c. Kidde Residential and Commercial Division, Subsidiary of Kidde plc; . d. Larsen's Manufacturing Company; . e. Modern Metal Products, Division of Technico Inc.;. f. Moon-American; . g. Potter Roemer LLC; . h. Watrous Division, American Specialties, Inc.; . . B. Cabinet Construction: Maintain rating of wall in which cabinet is placed. 1. Fire-Rated Cabinets: Construct fire-rated cabinets with double walls fabricated from 0.0428-inch- (1.1-mm-) thick, cold-rolled steel sheet lined with minimum 5/8-inch- (16- mm-) thick, fire-barrier material. Provide factory-drilled mounting holes. C. Cabinet Material: Steel or Aluminum sheet. 1. Shelf: Same metal and finish as cabinet. D. Recessed Cabinet: Cabinet box recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit style of trim indicated. 1. Exposed Flat Trim: One-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surrounding wall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge (backbend). E. Cabinet Trim Material: Same material and finish as door. F. Door Material: Steel sheet or Aluminum sheet G. Door Style: Center glass panel with frame. H. Door Glazing: Tempered break glass]. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104413 - 4 I. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. 1. Provide projecting lever handle with cam-action latch 2. Provide continuous hinge, of same material and finish as trim,permitting door to open 180 degrees. J. Accessories: 1. Mounting Bracket: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to fire protection cabinet, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or baked-enamel finish. 2. Break-Glass Strike: Manufacturer's standard metal strike, complete with chain and mounting clip, secured to cabinet. 3. Lettered Door Handle: One-piece, cast-iron door handle with the word "FIRE" embossed into face. 4. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated as directed by local Fire Marshall a. Identify fire extinguisher in fire protection cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER." 1) Location: Applied to cabinet door. 2) Application Process: Etched. 3) Lettering Color: Red. 4) Orientation: Vertical. 5. Alarm: Manufacturer's standard alarm that actuates when fire protection cabinet door is opened and that is powered by low voltage, complete with transformer. K. Finishes: 1. Manufacturer's standard baked-enamel paint for the following: a. Exterior of cabinet [door] [trim] [, door, and trim] except for those surfaces indicated to receive another finish. b. Interior of cabinet[ and door]. 2. Aluminum: Baked enamel or powder coat. 3. Steel: Baked enamel or powder coat. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fire Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub) with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. 1. Weld joints and grind smooth. 2. Provide factory-drilled mounting holes. 3. Prepare doors and frames to receive locks. 4. Install door locks at factory. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104413 - 5 B. Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, from materials indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected. 1. Fabricate door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow-metal design, minimum 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. 2. Fabricate door frames of one-piece construction with edges flanged. 3. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. C. Cabinet Trim: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. 2.4 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces of fire protection cabinets from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Finish fire protection cabinets after assembly. D. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.5 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.04 mm). Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish. 1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.6 STEEL FINISHES A. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for applying and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm). 1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104413 - 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in for hose [valves] [racks] and cabinets to verify actual locations of piping connections before cabinet installation. B. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed cabinets will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare recesses for recessed fire protection cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire protection cabinets in locations and at mounting heights at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Fire Protection Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide recessed fire protection cabinets. If wall thickness is not adequate for recessed cabinets, provide semirecessed fire protection cabinets. 2. Provide inside latch and lock for break-glass panels. 3. Fasten mounting brackets to inside surface of fire protection cabinets, square and plumb. 4. Fire-Rated Cabinets: a. Install cabinet with not more than 1/16-inch (1.6-mm) tolerance between pipe OD and knockout OD. Center pipe within knockout. b. Seal through penetrations with firestopping sealant as specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." C. Identification: Apply vinyl lettering. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as fire protection cabinets are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Adjust fire protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly. C. On completion of fire protection cabinet installation, clean interior and exterior surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104413 - 7 D. Touch up marred finishes, or replace fire protection cabinets that cannot be restored to factory- finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket manufacturers. E. Replace fire protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 104413 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 104416 - 1 SECTION 104416 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes portable, hand-carried fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguishers. Provide 5 extinguishers. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 10 Section "Fire Extinguisher Cabinets." 2. Division 21 Section "Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems" for hose systems, racks, and valves. 3. Division 23 Section "Commercial-Kitchen Hoods" for fire extinguishing systems provided as part of commercial-kitchen exhaust hoods. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rating and classification, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire extinguisher and mounting brackets. B. Product Schedule: For fire extinguishers. Coordinate final fire extinguisher schedule with fire protection cabinet schedule to ensure proper fit and function. Number of Fire extinguishers and Fire Extinguisher cabinets to be determined by the Chapel Hill Fire Marshall. For pricing purposes provide 4 fire extinguishers and fire extinguisher cabinets on each floor. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire extinguishers to include in maintenance manuals. D. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide fire extinguishers approved, listed, and labeled by FMG. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 104416 - 2 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire protection cabinets to ensure fit and function. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. 2. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTABLE, HAND-CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each as required. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Amerex Corporation. b. Ansul Incorporated; Tyco International Ltd. c. Badger Fire Protection; a Kidde company. d. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company. e. Fire End & Croker Corporation. f. J. L. Industries, Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group. g. Kidde Residential and Commercial Division; Subsidiary of Kidde plc. h. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. i. Moon-American. j. Pem All Fire Extinguisher Corp.; a division of PEM Systems, Inc. k. Potter Roemer LLC. l. Pyro-Chem; Tyco Safety Products. 2. Valves: Manufacturer's standard. 3. Handles and Levers: Stainless steel. 4. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B. B. Provide fire extinguishers in all locations except kitchen, equal to Kidde Pro 210; UL Rated 2- A, 10-B:C. DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU August 12, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 104416 - 3 C. Provide kitchen fire extinguisher equal to Kidde Pro 340; UL rated 3-A, 40-B:C. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide fire extinguishers in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Mounting Brackets: 54 inches above finished floor to top of fire extinguisher. B. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations indicated. END OF SECTION 104416 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2 CHAPEL HILL ORANGE COUNTY VISITORS BUREAU November 28, 2020 308 WEST FRANKLIN, CHAPEL HILL, NC VALUE ENGINEERING NARRATIVE ON ACCEPTED VE ITEMS ITEM # NARRATIVE AMOUNT 1 Eliminate tile demolition and major floor prep. excludes tile demo at bar. With this VE item the tile in the lobby will be demolished allowing the lobby to retain a consistent wood floor. At other locations, especially at the work room and hos- pitality areas the tile floor will be cleaned. For finish changes to these other areas see Item #2 below. Deduct: ($4,200) 2 Add carpet in lieu of LVT at 006 Hospitality; 007 Storage; 010 Work Room; 014 Utility; 015 Storage. With this VE item the tile will be cleaned and will remain in place (see Item 1 above). Plywood sub-floor will be attached over the tile and carpet installed in lieu of LVT. This change will be reflected on the Room Finish Schedule on sheet A-701. Deduct: ($630) 3 Metal framing in lieu of wood framing for walls. This change will eliminate wood framing at new walls. Engineered wood beams remain as does miscellaneous blocking and shimming. Deduct: ($1,800) 4 Deleted 5 Keep existing water heater. The existing water heater located in the attic space has functional capacity to satisfy demand. The existing water heater will be tested to confirm output. Deduct ($1,000) 6 Deleted DocuSign Envelope ID: 775B89AF-3514-4D9E-B148-2FDE4EFF16C2